]> git.ipfire.org Git - thirdparty/gcc.git/blob - gcc/varasm.c
[Ada] Fix documentation for GNAT.Command_Line.Exit_From_Command_Line
[thirdparty/gcc.git] / gcc / varasm.c
1 /* Output variables, constants and external declarations, for GNU compiler.
2 Copyright (C) 1987-2019 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
3
4 This file is part of GCC.
5
6 GCC is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under
7 the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the Free
8 Software Foundation; either version 3, or (at your option) any later
9 version.
10
11 GCC is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT ANY
12 WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or
13 FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License
14 for more details.
15
16 You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
17 along with GCC; see the file COPYING3. If not see
18 <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. */
19
20
21 /* This file handles generation of all the assembler code
22 *except* the instructions of a function.
23 This includes declarations of variables and their initial values.
24
25 We also output the assembler code for constants stored in memory
26 and are responsible for combining constants with the same value. */
27
28 #include "config.h"
29 #include "system.h"
30 #include "coretypes.h"
31 #include "backend.h"
32 #include "target.h"
33 #include "rtl.h"
34 #include "tree.h"
35 #include "predict.h"
36 #include "memmodel.h"
37 #include "tm_p.h"
38 #include "stringpool.h"
39 #include "regs.h"
40 #include "emit-rtl.h"
41 #include "cgraph.h"
42 #include "diagnostic-core.h"
43 #include "fold-const.h"
44 #include "stor-layout.h"
45 #include "varasm.h"
46 #include "flags.h"
47 #include "stmt.h"
48 #include "expr.h"
49 #include "expmed.h"
50 #include "output.h"
51 #include "langhooks.h"
52 #include "debug.h"
53 #include "common/common-target.h"
54 #include "stringpool.h"
55 #include "attribs.h"
56 #include "asan.h"
57 #include "rtl-iter.h"
58 #include "file-prefix-map.h" /* remap_debug_filename() */
59
60 #ifdef XCOFF_DEBUGGING_INFO
61 #include "xcoffout.h" /* Needed for external data declarations. */
62 #endif
63
64 /* The (assembler) name of the first globally-visible object output. */
65 extern GTY(()) const char *first_global_object_name;
66 extern GTY(()) const char *weak_global_object_name;
67
68 const char *first_global_object_name;
69 const char *weak_global_object_name;
70
71 class addr_const;
72 class constant_descriptor_rtx;
73 struct rtx_constant_pool;
74
75 #define n_deferred_constants (crtl->varasm.deferred_constants)
76
77 /* Number for making the label on the next
78 constant that is stored in memory. */
79
80 static GTY(()) int const_labelno;
81
82 /* Carry information from ASM_DECLARE_OBJECT_NAME
83 to ASM_FINISH_DECLARE_OBJECT. */
84
85 int size_directive_output;
86
87 /* The last decl for which assemble_variable was called,
88 if it did ASM_DECLARE_OBJECT_NAME.
89 If the last call to assemble_variable didn't do that,
90 this holds 0. */
91
92 tree last_assemble_variable_decl;
93
94 /* The following global variable indicates if the first basic block
95 in a function belongs to the cold partition or not. */
96
97 bool first_function_block_is_cold;
98
99 /* Whether we saw any functions with no_split_stack. */
100
101 static bool saw_no_split_stack;
102
103 static const char *strip_reg_name (const char *);
104 static int contains_pointers_p (tree);
105 #ifdef ASM_OUTPUT_EXTERNAL
106 static bool incorporeal_function_p (tree);
107 #endif
108 static void decode_addr_const (tree, class addr_const *);
109 static hashval_t const_hash_1 (const tree);
110 static int compare_constant (const tree, const tree);
111 static void output_constant_def_contents (rtx);
112 static void output_addressed_constants (tree);
113 static unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT output_constant (tree, unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT,
114 unsigned int, bool, bool);
115 static void globalize_decl (tree);
116 static bool decl_readonly_section_1 (enum section_category);
117 #ifdef BSS_SECTION_ASM_OP
118 #ifdef ASM_OUTPUT_ALIGNED_BSS
119 static void asm_output_aligned_bss (FILE *, tree, const char *,
120 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT, int)
121 ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
122 #endif
123 #endif /* BSS_SECTION_ASM_OP */
124 static void mark_weak (tree);
125 static void output_constant_pool (const char *, tree);
126 static void handle_vtv_comdat_section (section *, const_tree);
127 \f
128 /* Well-known sections, each one associated with some sort of *_ASM_OP. */
129 section *text_section;
130 section *data_section;
131 section *readonly_data_section;
132 section *sdata_section;
133 section *ctors_section;
134 section *dtors_section;
135 section *bss_section;
136 section *sbss_section;
137
138 /* Various forms of common section. All are guaranteed to be nonnull. */
139 section *tls_comm_section;
140 section *comm_section;
141 section *lcomm_section;
142
143 /* A SECTION_NOSWITCH section used for declaring global BSS variables.
144 May be null. */
145 section *bss_noswitch_section;
146
147 /* The section that holds the main exception table, when known. The section
148 is set either by the target's init_sections hook or by the first call to
149 switch_to_exception_section. */
150 section *exception_section;
151
152 /* The section that holds the DWARF2 frame unwind information, when known.
153 The section is set either by the target's init_sections hook or by the
154 first call to switch_to_eh_frame_section. */
155 section *eh_frame_section;
156
157 /* asm_out_file's current section. This is NULL if no section has yet
158 been selected or if we lose track of what the current section is. */
159 section *in_section;
160
161 /* True if code for the current function is currently being directed
162 at the cold section. */
163 bool in_cold_section_p;
164
165 /* The following global holds the "function name" for the code in the
166 cold section of a function, if hot/cold function splitting is enabled
167 and there was actually code that went into the cold section. A
168 pseudo function name is needed for the cold section of code for some
169 debugging tools that perform symbolization. */
170 tree cold_function_name = NULL_TREE;
171
172 /* A linked list of all the unnamed sections. */
173 static GTY(()) section *unnamed_sections;
174
175 /* Return a nonzero value if DECL has a section attribute. */
176 #define IN_NAMED_SECTION(DECL) \
177 (VAR_OR_FUNCTION_DECL_P (DECL) && DECL_SECTION_NAME (DECL) != NULL)
178
179 struct section_hasher : ggc_ptr_hash<section>
180 {
181 typedef const char *compare_type;
182
183 static hashval_t hash (section *);
184 static bool equal (section *, const char *);
185 };
186
187 /* Hash table of named sections. */
188 static GTY(()) hash_table<section_hasher> *section_htab;
189
190 struct object_block_hasher : ggc_ptr_hash<object_block>
191 {
192 typedef const section *compare_type;
193
194 static hashval_t hash (object_block *);
195 static bool equal (object_block *, const section *);
196 };
197
198 /* A table of object_blocks, indexed by section. */
199 static GTY(()) hash_table<object_block_hasher> *object_block_htab;
200
201 /* The next number to use for internal anchor labels. */
202 static GTY(()) int anchor_labelno;
203
204 /* A pool of constants that can be shared between functions. */
205 static GTY(()) struct rtx_constant_pool *shared_constant_pool;
206
207 /* Helper routines for maintaining section_htab. */
208
209 bool
210 section_hasher::equal (section *old, const char *new_name)
211 {
212 return strcmp (old->named.name, new_name) == 0;
213 }
214
215 hashval_t
216 section_hasher::hash (section *old)
217 {
218 return htab_hash_string (old->named.name);
219 }
220
221 /* Return a hash value for section SECT. */
222
223 static hashval_t
224 hash_section (section *sect)
225 {
226 if (sect->common.flags & SECTION_NAMED)
227 return htab_hash_string (sect->named.name);
228 return sect->common.flags & ~SECTION_DECLARED;
229 }
230
231 /* Helper routines for maintaining object_block_htab. */
232
233 inline bool
234 object_block_hasher::equal (object_block *old, const section *new_section)
235 {
236 return old->sect == new_section;
237 }
238
239 hashval_t
240 object_block_hasher::hash (object_block *old)
241 {
242 return hash_section (old->sect);
243 }
244
245 /* Return a new unnamed section with the given fields. */
246
247 section *
248 get_unnamed_section (unsigned int flags, void (*callback) (const void *),
249 const void *data)
250 {
251 section *sect;
252
253 sect = ggc_alloc<section> ();
254 sect->unnamed.common.flags = flags | SECTION_UNNAMED;
255 sect->unnamed.callback = callback;
256 sect->unnamed.data = data;
257 sect->unnamed.next = unnamed_sections;
258
259 unnamed_sections = sect;
260 return sect;
261 }
262
263 /* Return a SECTION_NOSWITCH section with the given fields. */
264
265 static section *
266 get_noswitch_section (unsigned int flags, noswitch_section_callback callback)
267 {
268 section *sect;
269
270 sect = ggc_alloc<section> ();
271 sect->noswitch.common.flags = flags | SECTION_NOSWITCH;
272 sect->noswitch.callback = callback;
273
274 return sect;
275 }
276
277 /* Return the named section structure associated with NAME. Create
278 a new section with the given fields if no such structure exists. */
279
280 section *
281 get_section (const char *name, unsigned int flags, tree decl)
282 {
283 section *sect, **slot;
284
285 slot = section_htab->find_slot_with_hash (name, htab_hash_string (name),
286 INSERT);
287 flags |= SECTION_NAMED;
288 if (*slot == NULL)
289 {
290 sect = ggc_alloc<section> ();
291 sect->named.common.flags = flags;
292 sect->named.name = ggc_strdup (name);
293 sect->named.decl = decl;
294 *slot = sect;
295 }
296 else
297 {
298 sect = *slot;
299 /* It is fine if one of the sections has SECTION_NOTYPE as long as
300 the other has none of the contrary flags (see the logic at the end
301 of default_section_type_flags, below). */
302 if (((sect->common.flags ^ flags) & SECTION_NOTYPE)
303 && !((sect->common.flags | flags)
304 & (SECTION_CODE | SECTION_BSS | SECTION_TLS | SECTION_ENTSIZE
305 | (HAVE_COMDAT_GROUP ? SECTION_LINKONCE : 0))))
306 {
307 sect->common.flags |= SECTION_NOTYPE;
308 flags |= SECTION_NOTYPE;
309 }
310 if ((sect->common.flags & ~SECTION_DECLARED) != flags
311 && ((sect->common.flags | flags) & SECTION_OVERRIDE) == 0)
312 {
313 /* It is fine if one of the section flags is
314 SECTION_WRITE | SECTION_RELRO and the other has none of these
315 flags (i.e. read-only) in named sections and either the
316 section hasn't been declared yet or has been declared as writable.
317 In that case just make sure the resulting flags are
318 SECTION_WRITE | SECTION_RELRO, ie. writable only because of
319 relocations. */
320 if (((sect->common.flags ^ flags) & (SECTION_WRITE | SECTION_RELRO))
321 == (SECTION_WRITE | SECTION_RELRO)
322 && (sect->common.flags
323 & ~(SECTION_DECLARED | SECTION_WRITE | SECTION_RELRO))
324 == (flags & ~(SECTION_WRITE | SECTION_RELRO))
325 && ((sect->common.flags & SECTION_DECLARED) == 0
326 || (sect->common.flags & SECTION_WRITE)))
327 {
328 sect->common.flags |= (SECTION_WRITE | SECTION_RELRO);
329 return sect;
330 }
331 /* Sanity check user variables for flag changes. */
332 if (sect->named.decl != NULL
333 && DECL_P (sect->named.decl)
334 && decl != sect->named.decl)
335 {
336 if (decl != NULL && DECL_P (decl))
337 error ("%+qD causes a section type conflict with %qD",
338 decl, sect->named.decl);
339 else
340 error ("section type conflict with %qD", sect->named.decl);
341 inform (DECL_SOURCE_LOCATION (sect->named.decl),
342 "%qD was declared here", sect->named.decl);
343 }
344 else if (decl != NULL && DECL_P (decl))
345 error ("%+qD causes a section type conflict", decl);
346 else
347 error ("section type conflict");
348 /* Make sure we don't error about one section multiple times. */
349 sect->common.flags |= SECTION_OVERRIDE;
350 }
351 }
352 return sect;
353 }
354
355 /* Return true if the current compilation mode benefits from having
356 objects grouped into blocks. */
357
358 static bool
359 use_object_blocks_p (void)
360 {
361 return flag_section_anchors;
362 }
363
364 /* Return the object_block structure for section SECT. Create a new
365 structure if we haven't created one already. Return null if SECT
366 itself is null. Return also null for mergeable sections since
367 section anchors can't be used in mergeable sections anyway,
368 because the linker might move objects around, and using the
369 object blocks infrastructure in that case is both a waste and a
370 maintenance burden. */
371
372 static struct object_block *
373 get_block_for_section (section *sect)
374 {
375 struct object_block *block;
376
377 if (sect == NULL)
378 return NULL;
379
380 if (sect->common.flags & SECTION_MERGE)
381 return NULL;
382
383 object_block **slot
384 = object_block_htab->find_slot_with_hash (sect, hash_section (sect),
385 INSERT);
386 block = *slot;
387 if (block == NULL)
388 {
389 block = ggc_cleared_alloc<object_block> ();
390 block->sect = sect;
391 *slot = block;
392 }
393 return block;
394 }
395
396 /* Create a symbol with label LABEL and place it at byte offset
397 OFFSET in BLOCK. OFFSET can be negative if the symbol's offset
398 is not yet known. LABEL must be a garbage-collected string. */
399
400 static rtx
401 create_block_symbol (const char *label, struct object_block *block,
402 HOST_WIDE_INT offset)
403 {
404 rtx symbol;
405 unsigned int size;
406
407 /* Create the extended SYMBOL_REF. */
408 size = RTX_HDR_SIZE + sizeof (struct block_symbol);
409 symbol = (rtx) ggc_internal_alloc (size);
410
411 /* Initialize the normal SYMBOL_REF fields. */
412 memset (symbol, 0, size);
413 PUT_CODE (symbol, SYMBOL_REF);
414 PUT_MODE (symbol, Pmode);
415 XSTR (symbol, 0) = label;
416 SYMBOL_REF_FLAGS (symbol) = SYMBOL_FLAG_HAS_BLOCK_INFO;
417
418 /* Initialize the block_symbol stuff. */
419 SYMBOL_REF_BLOCK (symbol) = block;
420 SYMBOL_REF_BLOCK_OFFSET (symbol) = offset;
421
422 return symbol;
423 }
424
425 /* Return a section with a particular name and with whatever SECTION_*
426 flags section_type_flags deems appropriate. The name of the section
427 is taken from NAME if nonnull, otherwise it is taken from DECL's
428 DECL_SECTION_NAME. DECL is the decl associated with the section
429 (see the section comment for details) and RELOC is as for
430 section_type_flags. */
431
432 section *
433 get_named_section (tree decl, const char *name, int reloc)
434 {
435 unsigned int flags;
436
437 if (name == NULL)
438 {
439 gcc_assert (decl && DECL_P (decl) && DECL_SECTION_NAME (decl));
440 name = DECL_SECTION_NAME (decl);
441 }
442
443 flags = targetm.section_type_flags (decl, name, reloc);
444 return get_section (name, flags, decl);
445 }
446
447 /* Worker for resolve_unique_section. */
448
449 static bool
450 set_implicit_section (struct symtab_node *n, void *data ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
451 {
452 n->implicit_section = true;
453 return false;
454 }
455
456 /* If required, set DECL_SECTION_NAME to a unique name. */
457
458 void
459 resolve_unique_section (tree decl, int reloc ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
460 int flag_function_or_data_sections)
461 {
462 if (DECL_SECTION_NAME (decl) == NULL
463 && targetm_common.have_named_sections
464 && (flag_function_or_data_sections
465 || DECL_COMDAT_GROUP (decl)))
466 {
467 targetm.asm_out.unique_section (decl, reloc);
468 if (DECL_SECTION_NAME (decl))
469 symtab_node::get (decl)->call_for_symbol_and_aliases
470 (set_implicit_section, NULL, true);
471 }
472 }
473
474 #ifdef BSS_SECTION_ASM_OP
475
476 #ifdef ASM_OUTPUT_ALIGNED_BSS
477
478 /* Utility function for targets to use in implementing
479 ASM_OUTPUT_ALIGNED_BSS.
480 ??? It is believed that this function will work in most cases so such
481 support is localized here. */
482
483 static void
484 asm_output_aligned_bss (FILE *file, tree decl ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
485 const char *name, unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT size,
486 int align)
487 {
488 switch_to_section (bss_section);
489 ASM_OUTPUT_ALIGN (file, floor_log2 (align / BITS_PER_UNIT));
490 #ifdef ASM_DECLARE_OBJECT_NAME
491 last_assemble_variable_decl = decl;
492 ASM_DECLARE_OBJECT_NAME (file, name, decl);
493 #else
494 /* Standard thing is just output label for the object. */
495 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (file, name);
496 #endif /* ASM_DECLARE_OBJECT_NAME */
497 ASM_OUTPUT_SKIP (file, size ? size : 1);
498 }
499
500 #endif
501
502 #endif /* BSS_SECTION_ASM_OP */
503
504 #ifndef USE_SELECT_SECTION_FOR_FUNCTIONS
505 /* Return the hot section for function DECL. Return text_section for
506 null DECLs. */
507
508 static section *
509 hot_function_section (tree decl)
510 {
511 if (decl != NULL_TREE
512 && DECL_SECTION_NAME (decl) != NULL
513 && targetm_common.have_named_sections)
514 return get_named_section (decl, NULL, 0);
515 else
516 return text_section;
517 }
518 #endif
519
520 /* Return section for TEXT_SECTION_NAME if DECL or DECL_SECTION_NAME (DECL)
521 is NULL.
522
523 When DECL_SECTION_NAME is non-NULL and it is implicit section and
524 NAMED_SECTION_SUFFIX is non-NULL, then produce section called
525 concatenate the name with NAMED_SECTION_SUFFIX.
526 Otherwise produce "TEXT_SECTION_NAME.IMPLICIT_NAME". */
527
528 section *
529 get_named_text_section (tree decl,
530 const char *text_section_name,
531 const char *named_section_suffix)
532 {
533 if (decl && DECL_SECTION_NAME (decl))
534 {
535 if (named_section_suffix)
536 {
537 const char *dsn = DECL_SECTION_NAME (decl);
538 const char *stripped_name;
539 char *name, *buffer;
540
541 name = (char *) alloca (strlen (dsn) + 1);
542 memcpy (name, dsn,
543 strlen (dsn) + 1);
544
545 stripped_name = targetm.strip_name_encoding (name);
546
547 buffer = ACONCAT ((stripped_name, named_section_suffix, NULL));
548 return get_named_section (decl, buffer, 0);
549 }
550 else if (symtab_node::get (decl)->implicit_section)
551 {
552 const char *name;
553
554 /* Do not try to split gnu_linkonce functions. This gets somewhat
555 slipperly. */
556 if (DECL_COMDAT_GROUP (decl) && !HAVE_COMDAT_GROUP)
557 return NULL;
558 name = IDENTIFIER_POINTER (DECL_ASSEMBLER_NAME (decl));
559 name = targetm.strip_name_encoding (name);
560 return get_named_section (decl, ACONCAT ((text_section_name, ".",
561 name, NULL)), 0);
562 }
563 else
564 return NULL;
565 }
566 return get_named_section (decl, text_section_name, 0);
567 }
568
569 /* Choose named function section based on its frequency. */
570
571 section *
572 default_function_section (tree decl, enum node_frequency freq,
573 bool startup, bool exit)
574 {
575 #if defined HAVE_LD_EH_GC_SECTIONS && defined HAVE_LD_EH_GC_SECTIONS_BUG
576 /* Old GNU linkers have buggy --gc-section support, which sometimes
577 results in .gcc_except_table* sections being garbage collected. */
578 if (decl
579 && symtab_node::get (decl)->implicit_section)
580 return NULL;
581 #endif
582
583 if (!flag_reorder_functions
584 || !targetm_common.have_named_sections)
585 return NULL;
586 /* Startup code should go to startup subsection unless it is
587 unlikely executed (this happens especially with function splitting
588 where we can split away unnecessary parts of static constructors. */
589 if (startup && freq != NODE_FREQUENCY_UNLIKELY_EXECUTED)
590 {
591 /* If we do have a profile or(and) LTO phase is executed, we do not need
592 these ELF section. */
593 if (!in_lto_p || !flag_profile_values)
594 return get_named_text_section (decl, ".text.startup", NULL);
595 else
596 return NULL;
597 }
598
599 /* Similarly for exit. */
600 if (exit && freq != NODE_FREQUENCY_UNLIKELY_EXECUTED)
601 return get_named_text_section (decl, ".text.exit", NULL);
602
603 /* Group cold functions together, similarly for hot code. */
604 switch (freq)
605 {
606 case NODE_FREQUENCY_UNLIKELY_EXECUTED:
607 return get_named_text_section (decl, ".text.unlikely", NULL);
608 case NODE_FREQUENCY_HOT:
609 /* If we do have a profile or(and) LTO phase is executed, we do not need
610 these ELF section. */
611 if (!in_lto_p || !flag_profile_values)
612 return get_named_text_section (decl, ".text.hot", NULL);
613 /* FALLTHRU */
614 default:
615 return NULL;
616 }
617 }
618
619 /* Return the section for function DECL.
620
621 If DECL is NULL_TREE, return the text section. We can be passed
622 NULL_TREE under some circumstances by dbxout.c at least.
623
624 If FORCE_COLD is true, return cold function section ignoring
625 the frequency info of cgraph_node. */
626
627 static section *
628 function_section_1 (tree decl, bool force_cold)
629 {
630 section *section = NULL;
631 enum node_frequency freq = NODE_FREQUENCY_NORMAL;
632 bool startup = false, exit = false;
633
634 if (decl)
635 {
636 struct cgraph_node *node = cgraph_node::get (decl);
637
638 if (node)
639 {
640 freq = node->frequency;
641 startup = node->only_called_at_startup;
642 exit = node->only_called_at_exit;
643 }
644 }
645 if (force_cold)
646 freq = NODE_FREQUENCY_UNLIKELY_EXECUTED;
647
648 #ifdef USE_SELECT_SECTION_FOR_FUNCTIONS
649 if (decl != NULL_TREE
650 && DECL_SECTION_NAME (decl) != NULL)
651 {
652 if (targetm.asm_out.function_section)
653 section = targetm.asm_out.function_section (decl, freq,
654 startup, exit);
655 if (section)
656 return section;
657 return get_named_section (decl, NULL, 0);
658 }
659 else
660 return targetm.asm_out.select_section
661 (decl, freq == NODE_FREQUENCY_UNLIKELY_EXECUTED,
662 symtab_node::get (decl)->definition_alignment ());
663 #else
664 if (targetm.asm_out.function_section)
665 section = targetm.asm_out.function_section (decl, freq, startup, exit);
666 if (section)
667 return section;
668 return hot_function_section (decl);
669 #endif
670 }
671
672 /* Return the section for function DECL.
673
674 If DECL is NULL_TREE, return the text section. We can be passed
675 NULL_TREE under some circumstances by dbxout.c at least. */
676
677 section *
678 function_section (tree decl)
679 {
680 /* Handle cases where function splitting code decides
681 to put function entry point into unlikely executed section
682 despite the fact that the function itself is not cold
683 (i.e. it is called rarely but contains a hot loop that is
684 better to live in hot subsection for the code locality). */
685 return function_section_1 (decl,
686 first_function_block_is_cold);
687 }
688
689 /* Return the section for the current function, take IN_COLD_SECTION_P
690 into account. */
691
692 section *
693 current_function_section (void)
694 {
695 return function_section_1 (current_function_decl, in_cold_section_p);
696 }
697
698 /* Tell assembler to switch to unlikely-to-be-executed text section. */
699
700 section *
701 unlikely_text_section (void)
702 {
703 return function_section_1 (current_function_decl, true);
704 }
705
706 /* When called within a function context, return true if the function
707 has been assigned a cold text section and if SECT is that section.
708 When called outside a function context, return true if SECT is the
709 default cold section. */
710
711 bool
712 unlikely_text_section_p (section *sect)
713 {
714 return sect == function_section_1 (current_function_decl, true);
715 }
716
717 /* Switch to the other function partition (if inside of hot section
718 into cold section, otherwise into the hot section). */
719
720 void
721 switch_to_other_text_partition (void)
722 {
723 in_cold_section_p = !in_cold_section_p;
724 switch_to_section (current_function_section ());
725 }
726
727 /* Return the read-only data section associated with function DECL. */
728
729 section *
730 default_function_rodata_section (tree decl)
731 {
732 if (decl != NULL_TREE && DECL_SECTION_NAME (decl))
733 {
734 const char *name = DECL_SECTION_NAME (decl);
735
736 if (DECL_COMDAT_GROUP (decl) && HAVE_COMDAT_GROUP)
737 {
738 const char *dot;
739 size_t len;
740 char* rname;
741
742 dot = strchr (name + 1, '.');
743 if (!dot)
744 dot = name;
745 len = strlen (dot) + 8;
746 rname = (char *) alloca (len);
747
748 strcpy (rname, ".rodata");
749 strcat (rname, dot);
750 return get_section (rname, SECTION_LINKONCE, decl);
751 }
752 /* For .gnu.linkonce.t.foo we want to use .gnu.linkonce.r.foo. */
753 else if (DECL_COMDAT_GROUP (decl)
754 && strncmp (name, ".gnu.linkonce.t.", 16) == 0)
755 {
756 size_t len = strlen (name) + 1;
757 char *rname = (char *) alloca (len);
758
759 memcpy (rname, name, len);
760 rname[14] = 'r';
761 return get_section (rname, SECTION_LINKONCE, decl);
762 }
763 /* For .text.foo we want to use .rodata.foo. */
764 else if (flag_function_sections && flag_data_sections
765 && strncmp (name, ".text.", 6) == 0)
766 {
767 size_t len = strlen (name) + 1;
768 char *rname = (char *) alloca (len + 2);
769
770 memcpy (rname, ".rodata", 7);
771 memcpy (rname + 7, name + 5, len - 5);
772 return get_section (rname, 0, decl);
773 }
774 }
775
776 return readonly_data_section;
777 }
778
779 /* Return the read-only data section associated with function DECL
780 for targets where that section should be always the single
781 readonly data section. */
782
783 section *
784 default_no_function_rodata_section (tree decl ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
785 {
786 return readonly_data_section;
787 }
788
789 /* A subroutine of mergeable_string_section and mergeable_constant_section. */
790
791 static const char *
792 function_mergeable_rodata_prefix (void)
793 {
794 section *s = targetm.asm_out.function_rodata_section (current_function_decl);
795 if (SECTION_STYLE (s) == SECTION_NAMED)
796 return s->named.name;
797 else
798 return targetm.asm_out.mergeable_rodata_prefix;
799 }
800
801 /* Return the section to use for string merging. */
802
803 static section *
804 mergeable_string_section (tree decl ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
805 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT align ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
806 unsigned int flags ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
807 {
808 HOST_WIDE_INT len;
809
810 if (HAVE_GAS_SHF_MERGE && flag_merge_constants
811 && TREE_CODE (decl) == STRING_CST
812 && TREE_CODE (TREE_TYPE (decl)) == ARRAY_TYPE
813 && align <= 256
814 && (len = int_size_in_bytes (TREE_TYPE (decl))) > 0
815 && TREE_STRING_LENGTH (decl) == len)
816 {
817 scalar_int_mode mode;
818 unsigned int modesize;
819 const char *str;
820 HOST_WIDE_INT i;
821 int j, unit;
822 const char *prefix = function_mergeable_rodata_prefix ();
823 char *name = (char *) alloca (strlen (prefix) + 30);
824
825 mode = SCALAR_INT_TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (TREE_TYPE (decl)));
826 modesize = GET_MODE_BITSIZE (mode);
827 if (modesize >= 8 && modesize <= 256
828 && (modesize & (modesize - 1)) == 0)
829 {
830 if (align < modesize)
831 align = modesize;
832
833 if (!HAVE_LD_ALIGNED_SHF_MERGE && align > 8)
834 return readonly_data_section;
835
836 str = TREE_STRING_POINTER (decl);
837 unit = GET_MODE_SIZE (mode);
838
839 /* Check for embedded NUL characters. */
840 for (i = 0; i < len; i += unit)
841 {
842 for (j = 0; j < unit; j++)
843 if (str[i + j] != '\0')
844 break;
845 if (j == unit)
846 break;
847 }
848 if (i == len - unit || (unit == 1 && i == len))
849 {
850 sprintf (name, "%s.str%d.%d", prefix,
851 modesize / 8, (int) (align / 8));
852 flags |= (modesize / 8) | SECTION_MERGE | SECTION_STRINGS;
853 return get_section (name, flags, NULL);
854 }
855 }
856 }
857
858 return readonly_data_section;
859 }
860
861 /* Return the section to use for constant merging. */
862
863 section *
864 mergeable_constant_section (machine_mode mode ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
865 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT align ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
866 unsigned int flags ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
867 {
868 if (HAVE_GAS_SHF_MERGE && flag_merge_constants
869 && mode != VOIDmode
870 && mode != BLKmode
871 && known_le (GET_MODE_BITSIZE (mode), align)
872 && align >= 8
873 && align <= 256
874 && (align & (align - 1)) == 0
875 && (HAVE_LD_ALIGNED_SHF_MERGE ? 1 : align == 8))
876 {
877 const char *prefix = function_mergeable_rodata_prefix ();
878 char *name = (char *) alloca (strlen (prefix) + 30);
879
880 sprintf (name, "%s.cst%d", prefix, (int) (align / 8));
881 flags |= (align / 8) | SECTION_MERGE;
882 return get_section (name, flags, NULL);
883 }
884 return readonly_data_section;
885 }
886 \f
887 /* Given NAME, a putative register name, discard any customary prefixes. */
888
889 static const char *
890 strip_reg_name (const char *name)
891 {
892 #ifdef REGISTER_PREFIX
893 if (!strncmp (name, REGISTER_PREFIX, strlen (REGISTER_PREFIX)))
894 name += strlen (REGISTER_PREFIX);
895 #endif
896 if (name[0] == '%' || name[0] == '#')
897 name++;
898 return name;
899 }
900 \f
901 /* The user has asked for a DECL to have a particular name. Set (or
902 change) it in such a way that we don't prefix an underscore to
903 it. */
904 void
905 set_user_assembler_name (tree decl, const char *name)
906 {
907 char *starred = (char *) alloca (strlen (name) + 2);
908 starred[0] = '*';
909 strcpy (starred + 1, name);
910 symtab->change_decl_assembler_name (decl, get_identifier (starred));
911 SET_DECL_RTL (decl, NULL_RTX);
912 }
913 \f
914 /* Decode an `asm' spec for a declaration as a register name.
915 Return the register number, or -1 if nothing specified,
916 or -2 if the ASMSPEC is not `cc' or `memory' and is not recognized,
917 or -3 if ASMSPEC is `cc' and is not recognized,
918 or -4 if ASMSPEC is `memory' and is not recognized.
919 Accept an exact spelling or a decimal number.
920 Prefixes such as % are optional. */
921
922 int
923 decode_reg_name_and_count (const char *asmspec, int *pnregs)
924 {
925 /* Presume just one register is clobbered. */
926 *pnregs = 1;
927
928 if (asmspec != 0)
929 {
930 int i;
931
932 /* Get rid of confusing prefixes. */
933 asmspec = strip_reg_name (asmspec);
934
935 /* Allow a decimal number as a "register name". */
936 for (i = strlen (asmspec) - 1; i >= 0; i--)
937 if (! ISDIGIT (asmspec[i]))
938 break;
939 if (asmspec[0] != 0 && i < 0)
940 {
941 i = atoi (asmspec);
942 if (i < FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER && i >= 0 && reg_names[i][0])
943 return i;
944 else
945 return -2;
946 }
947
948 for (i = 0; i < FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER; i++)
949 if (reg_names[i][0]
950 && ! strcmp (asmspec, strip_reg_name (reg_names[i])))
951 return i;
952
953 #ifdef OVERLAPPING_REGISTER_NAMES
954 {
955 static const struct
956 {
957 const char *const name;
958 const int number;
959 const int nregs;
960 } table[] = OVERLAPPING_REGISTER_NAMES;
961
962 for (i = 0; i < (int) ARRAY_SIZE (table); i++)
963 if (table[i].name[0]
964 && ! strcmp (asmspec, table[i].name))
965 {
966 *pnregs = table[i].nregs;
967 return table[i].number;
968 }
969 }
970 #endif /* OVERLAPPING_REGISTER_NAMES */
971
972 #ifdef ADDITIONAL_REGISTER_NAMES
973 {
974 static const struct { const char *const name; const int number; } table[]
975 = ADDITIONAL_REGISTER_NAMES;
976
977 for (i = 0; i < (int) ARRAY_SIZE (table); i++)
978 if (table[i].name[0]
979 && ! strcmp (asmspec, table[i].name)
980 && reg_names[table[i].number][0])
981 return table[i].number;
982 }
983 #endif /* ADDITIONAL_REGISTER_NAMES */
984
985 if (!strcmp (asmspec, "memory"))
986 return -4;
987
988 if (!strcmp (asmspec, "cc"))
989 return -3;
990
991 return -2;
992 }
993
994 return -1;
995 }
996
997 int
998 decode_reg_name (const char *name)
999 {
1000 int count;
1001 return decode_reg_name_and_count (name, &count);
1002 }
1003
1004 \f
1005 /* Return true if DECL's initializer is suitable for a BSS section. */
1006
1007 bool
1008 bss_initializer_p (const_tree decl, bool named)
1009 {
1010 /* Do not put non-common constants into the .bss section, they belong in
1011 a readonly section, except when NAMED is true. */
1012 return ((!TREE_READONLY (decl) || DECL_COMMON (decl) || named)
1013 && (DECL_INITIAL (decl) == NULL
1014 /* In LTO we have no errors in program; error_mark_node is used
1015 to mark offlined constructors. */
1016 || (DECL_INITIAL (decl) == error_mark_node
1017 && !in_lto_p)
1018 || (flag_zero_initialized_in_bss
1019 && initializer_zerop (DECL_INITIAL (decl)))));
1020 }
1021
1022 /* Compute the alignment of variable specified by DECL.
1023 DONT_OUTPUT_DATA is from assemble_variable. */
1024
1025 void
1026 align_variable (tree decl, bool dont_output_data)
1027 {
1028 unsigned int align = DECL_ALIGN (decl);
1029
1030 /* In the case for initialing an array whose length isn't specified,
1031 where we have not yet been able to do the layout,
1032 figure out the proper alignment now. */
1033 if (dont_output_data && DECL_SIZE (decl) == 0
1034 && TREE_CODE (TREE_TYPE (decl)) == ARRAY_TYPE)
1035 align = MAX (align, TYPE_ALIGN (TREE_TYPE (TREE_TYPE (decl))));
1036
1037 /* Some object file formats have a maximum alignment which they support.
1038 In particular, a.out format supports a maximum alignment of 4. */
1039 if (align > MAX_OFILE_ALIGNMENT)
1040 {
1041 error ("alignment of %q+D is greater than maximum object "
1042 "file alignment %d", decl,
1043 MAX_OFILE_ALIGNMENT/BITS_PER_UNIT);
1044 align = MAX_OFILE_ALIGNMENT;
1045 }
1046
1047 if (! DECL_USER_ALIGN (decl))
1048 {
1049 #ifdef DATA_ABI_ALIGNMENT
1050 unsigned int data_abi_align
1051 = DATA_ABI_ALIGNMENT (TREE_TYPE (decl), align);
1052 /* For backwards compatibility, don't assume the ABI alignment for
1053 TLS variables. */
1054 if (! DECL_THREAD_LOCAL_P (decl) || data_abi_align <= BITS_PER_WORD)
1055 align = data_abi_align;
1056 #endif
1057
1058 /* On some machines, it is good to increase alignment sometimes.
1059 But as DECL_ALIGN is used both for actually emitting the variable
1060 and for code accessing the variable as guaranteed alignment, we
1061 can only increase the alignment if it is a performance optimization
1062 if the references to it must bind to the current definition. */
1063 if (decl_binds_to_current_def_p (decl)
1064 && !DECL_VIRTUAL_P (decl))
1065 {
1066 #ifdef DATA_ALIGNMENT
1067 unsigned int data_align = DATA_ALIGNMENT (TREE_TYPE (decl), align);
1068 /* Don't increase alignment too much for TLS variables - TLS space
1069 is too precious. */
1070 if (! DECL_THREAD_LOCAL_P (decl) || data_align <= BITS_PER_WORD)
1071 align = data_align;
1072 #endif
1073 if (DECL_INITIAL (decl) != 0
1074 /* In LTO we have no errors in program; error_mark_node is used
1075 to mark offlined constructors. */
1076 && (in_lto_p || DECL_INITIAL (decl) != error_mark_node))
1077 {
1078 unsigned int const_align
1079 = targetm.constant_alignment (DECL_INITIAL (decl), align);
1080 /* Don't increase alignment too much for TLS variables - TLS
1081 space is too precious. */
1082 if (! DECL_THREAD_LOCAL_P (decl) || const_align <= BITS_PER_WORD)
1083 align = const_align;
1084 }
1085 }
1086 }
1087
1088 /* Reset the alignment in case we have made it tighter, so we can benefit
1089 from it in get_pointer_alignment. */
1090 SET_DECL_ALIGN (decl, align);
1091 }
1092
1093 /* Return DECL_ALIGN (decl), possibly increased for optimization purposes
1094 beyond what align_variable returned. */
1095
1096 static unsigned int
1097 get_variable_align (tree decl)
1098 {
1099 unsigned int align = DECL_ALIGN (decl);
1100
1101 /* For user aligned vars or static vars align_variable already did
1102 everything. */
1103 if (DECL_USER_ALIGN (decl) || !TREE_PUBLIC (decl))
1104 return align;
1105
1106 #ifdef DATA_ABI_ALIGNMENT
1107 if (DECL_THREAD_LOCAL_P (decl))
1108 align = DATA_ABI_ALIGNMENT (TREE_TYPE (decl), align);
1109 #endif
1110
1111 /* For decls that bind to the current definition, align_variable
1112 did also everything, except for not assuming ABI required alignment
1113 of TLS variables. For other vars, increase the alignment here
1114 as an optimization. */
1115 if (!decl_binds_to_current_def_p (decl))
1116 {
1117 /* On some machines, it is good to increase alignment sometimes. */
1118 #ifdef DATA_ALIGNMENT
1119 unsigned int data_align = DATA_ALIGNMENT (TREE_TYPE (decl), align);
1120 /* Don't increase alignment too much for TLS variables - TLS space
1121 is too precious. */
1122 if (! DECL_THREAD_LOCAL_P (decl) || data_align <= BITS_PER_WORD)
1123 align = data_align;
1124 #endif
1125 if (DECL_INITIAL (decl) != 0
1126 /* In LTO we have no errors in program; error_mark_node is used
1127 to mark offlined constructors. */
1128 && (in_lto_p || DECL_INITIAL (decl) != error_mark_node))
1129 {
1130 unsigned int const_align
1131 = targetm.constant_alignment (DECL_INITIAL (decl), align);
1132 /* Don't increase alignment too much for TLS variables - TLS space
1133 is too precious. */
1134 if (! DECL_THREAD_LOCAL_P (decl) || const_align <= BITS_PER_WORD)
1135 align = const_align;
1136 }
1137 }
1138
1139 return align;
1140 }
1141
1142 /* Return the section into which the given VAR_DECL or CONST_DECL
1143 should be placed. PREFER_NOSWITCH_P is true if a noswitch
1144 section should be used wherever possible. */
1145
1146 section *
1147 get_variable_section (tree decl, bool prefer_noswitch_p)
1148 {
1149 addr_space_t as = ADDR_SPACE_GENERIC;
1150 int reloc;
1151 varpool_node *vnode = varpool_node::get (decl);
1152 if (vnode)
1153 {
1154 vnode = vnode->ultimate_alias_target ();
1155 decl = vnode->decl;
1156 }
1157
1158 if (TREE_TYPE (decl) != error_mark_node)
1159 as = TYPE_ADDR_SPACE (TREE_TYPE (decl));
1160
1161 /* We need the constructor to figure out reloc flag. */
1162 if (vnode)
1163 vnode->get_constructor ();
1164
1165 if (DECL_COMMON (decl))
1166 {
1167 /* If the decl has been given an explicit section name, or it resides
1168 in a non-generic address space, then it isn't common, and shouldn't
1169 be handled as such. */
1170 gcc_assert (DECL_SECTION_NAME (decl) == NULL
1171 && ADDR_SPACE_GENERIC_P (as));
1172 if (DECL_THREAD_LOCAL_P (decl))
1173 return tls_comm_section;
1174 else if (TREE_PUBLIC (decl) && bss_initializer_p (decl))
1175 return comm_section;
1176 }
1177
1178 if (DECL_INITIAL (decl) == error_mark_node)
1179 reloc = contains_pointers_p (TREE_TYPE (decl)) ? 3 : 0;
1180 else if (DECL_INITIAL (decl))
1181 reloc = compute_reloc_for_constant (DECL_INITIAL (decl));
1182 else
1183 reloc = 0;
1184
1185 resolve_unique_section (decl, reloc, flag_data_sections);
1186 if (IN_NAMED_SECTION (decl))
1187 {
1188 section *sect = get_named_section (decl, NULL, reloc);
1189
1190 if ((sect->common.flags & SECTION_BSS)
1191 && !bss_initializer_p (decl, true))
1192 {
1193 error_at (DECL_SOURCE_LOCATION (decl),
1194 "only zero initializers are allowed in section %qs",
1195 sect->named.name);
1196 DECL_INITIAL (decl) = error_mark_node;
1197 }
1198 return sect;
1199 }
1200
1201 if (ADDR_SPACE_GENERIC_P (as)
1202 && !DECL_THREAD_LOCAL_P (decl)
1203 && !(prefer_noswitch_p && targetm.have_switchable_bss_sections)
1204 && bss_initializer_p (decl))
1205 {
1206 if (!TREE_PUBLIC (decl)
1207 && !((flag_sanitize & SANITIZE_ADDRESS)
1208 && asan_protect_global (decl)))
1209 return lcomm_section;
1210 if (bss_noswitch_section)
1211 return bss_noswitch_section;
1212 }
1213
1214 return targetm.asm_out.select_section (decl, reloc,
1215 get_variable_align (decl));
1216 }
1217
1218 /* Return the block into which object_block DECL should be placed. */
1219
1220 static struct object_block *
1221 get_block_for_decl (tree decl)
1222 {
1223 section *sect;
1224
1225 if (VAR_P (decl))
1226 {
1227 /* The object must be defined in this translation unit. */
1228 if (DECL_EXTERNAL (decl))
1229 return NULL;
1230
1231 /* There's no point using object blocks for something that is
1232 isolated by definition. */
1233 if (DECL_COMDAT_GROUP (decl))
1234 return NULL;
1235 }
1236
1237 /* We can only calculate block offsets if the decl has a known
1238 constant size. */
1239 if (DECL_SIZE_UNIT (decl) == NULL)
1240 return NULL;
1241 if (!tree_fits_uhwi_p (DECL_SIZE_UNIT (decl)))
1242 return NULL;
1243
1244 /* Find out which section should contain DECL. We cannot put it into
1245 an object block if it requires a standalone definition. */
1246 if (VAR_P (decl))
1247 align_variable (decl, 0);
1248 sect = get_variable_section (decl, true);
1249 if (SECTION_STYLE (sect) == SECTION_NOSWITCH)
1250 return NULL;
1251
1252 return get_block_for_section (sect);
1253 }
1254
1255 /* Make sure block symbol SYMBOL is in block BLOCK. */
1256
1257 static void
1258 change_symbol_block (rtx symbol, struct object_block *block)
1259 {
1260 if (block != SYMBOL_REF_BLOCK (symbol))
1261 {
1262 gcc_assert (SYMBOL_REF_BLOCK_OFFSET (symbol) < 0);
1263 SYMBOL_REF_BLOCK (symbol) = block;
1264 }
1265 }
1266
1267 /* Return true if it is possible to put DECL in an object_block. */
1268
1269 static bool
1270 use_blocks_for_decl_p (tree decl)
1271 {
1272 struct symtab_node *snode;
1273
1274 /* Only data DECLs can be placed into object blocks. */
1275 if (!VAR_P (decl) && TREE_CODE (decl) != CONST_DECL)
1276 return false;
1277
1278 /* DECL_INITIAL (decl) set to decl is a hack used for some decls that
1279 are never used from code directly and we never want object block handling
1280 for those. */
1281 if (DECL_INITIAL (decl) == decl)
1282 return false;
1283
1284 /* If this decl is an alias, then we don't want to emit a
1285 definition. */
1286 if (VAR_P (decl)
1287 && (snode = symtab_node::get (decl)) != NULL
1288 && snode->alias)
1289 return false;
1290
1291 return targetm.use_blocks_for_decl_p (decl);
1292 }
1293
1294 /* Follow the IDENTIFIER_TRANSPARENT_ALIAS chain starting at *ALIAS
1295 until we find an identifier that is not itself a transparent alias.
1296 Modify the alias passed to it by reference (and all aliases on the
1297 way to the ultimate target), such that they do not have to be
1298 followed again, and return the ultimate target of the alias
1299 chain. */
1300
1301 static inline tree
1302 ultimate_transparent_alias_target (tree *alias)
1303 {
1304 tree target = *alias;
1305
1306 if (IDENTIFIER_TRANSPARENT_ALIAS (target))
1307 {
1308 gcc_assert (TREE_CHAIN (target));
1309 target = ultimate_transparent_alias_target (&TREE_CHAIN (target));
1310 gcc_assert (! IDENTIFIER_TRANSPARENT_ALIAS (target)
1311 && ! TREE_CHAIN (target));
1312 *alias = target;
1313 }
1314
1315 return target;
1316 }
1317
1318 /* Create the DECL_RTL for a VAR_DECL or FUNCTION_DECL. DECL should
1319 have static storage duration. In other words, it should not be an
1320 automatic variable, including PARM_DECLs.
1321
1322 There is, however, one exception: this function handles variables
1323 explicitly placed in a particular register by the user.
1324
1325 This is never called for PARM_DECL nodes. */
1326
1327 void
1328 make_decl_rtl (tree decl)
1329 {
1330 const char *name = 0;
1331 int reg_number;
1332 tree id;
1333 rtx x;
1334
1335 /* Check that we are not being given an automatic variable. */
1336 gcc_assert (TREE_CODE (decl) != PARM_DECL
1337 && TREE_CODE (decl) != RESULT_DECL);
1338
1339 /* A weak alias has TREE_PUBLIC set but not the other bits. */
1340 gcc_assert (!VAR_P (decl)
1341 || TREE_STATIC (decl)
1342 || TREE_PUBLIC (decl)
1343 || DECL_EXTERNAL (decl)
1344 || DECL_REGISTER (decl));
1345
1346 /* And that we were not given a type or a label. */
1347 gcc_assert (TREE_CODE (decl) != TYPE_DECL
1348 && TREE_CODE (decl) != LABEL_DECL);
1349
1350 /* For a duplicate declaration, we can be called twice on the
1351 same DECL node. Don't discard the RTL already made. */
1352 if (DECL_RTL_SET_P (decl))
1353 {
1354 /* If the old RTL had the wrong mode, fix the mode. */
1355 x = DECL_RTL (decl);
1356 if (GET_MODE (x) != DECL_MODE (decl))
1357 SET_DECL_RTL (decl, adjust_address_nv (x, DECL_MODE (decl), 0));
1358
1359 if (TREE_CODE (decl) != FUNCTION_DECL && DECL_REGISTER (decl))
1360 return;
1361
1362 /* ??? Another way to do this would be to maintain a hashed
1363 table of such critters. Instead of adding stuff to a DECL
1364 to give certain attributes to it, we could use an external
1365 hash map from DECL to set of attributes. */
1366
1367 /* Let the target reassign the RTL if it wants.
1368 This is necessary, for example, when one machine specific
1369 decl attribute overrides another. */
1370 targetm.encode_section_info (decl, DECL_RTL (decl), false);
1371
1372 /* If the symbol has a SYMBOL_REF_BLOCK field, update it based
1373 on the new decl information. */
1374 if (MEM_P (x)
1375 && GET_CODE (XEXP (x, 0)) == SYMBOL_REF
1376 && SYMBOL_REF_HAS_BLOCK_INFO_P (XEXP (x, 0)))
1377 change_symbol_block (XEXP (x, 0), get_block_for_decl (decl));
1378
1379 return;
1380 }
1381
1382 /* If this variable belongs to the global constant pool, retrieve the
1383 pre-computed RTL or recompute it in LTO mode. */
1384 if (VAR_P (decl) && DECL_IN_CONSTANT_POOL (decl))
1385 {
1386 SET_DECL_RTL (decl, output_constant_def (DECL_INITIAL (decl), 1));
1387 return;
1388 }
1389
1390 id = DECL_ASSEMBLER_NAME (decl);
1391 name = IDENTIFIER_POINTER (id);
1392
1393 if (name[0] != '*' && TREE_CODE (decl) != FUNCTION_DECL
1394 && DECL_REGISTER (decl))
1395 {
1396 error ("register name not specified for %q+D", decl);
1397 }
1398 else if (TREE_CODE (decl) != FUNCTION_DECL && DECL_REGISTER (decl))
1399 {
1400 const char *asmspec = name+1;
1401 machine_mode mode = DECL_MODE (decl);
1402 reg_number = decode_reg_name (asmspec);
1403 /* First detect errors in declaring global registers. */
1404 if (reg_number == -1)
1405 error ("register name not specified for %q+D", decl);
1406 else if (reg_number < 0)
1407 error ("invalid register name for %q+D", decl);
1408 else if (mode == BLKmode)
1409 error ("data type of %q+D isn%'t suitable for a register",
1410 decl);
1411 else if (!in_hard_reg_set_p (accessible_reg_set, mode, reg_number))
1412 error ("the register specified for %q+D cannot be accessed"
1413 " by the current target", decl);
1414 else if (!in_hard_reg_set_p (operand_reg_set, mode, reg_number))
1415 error ("the register specified for %q+D is not general enough"
1416 " to be used as a register variable", decl);
1417 else if (!targetm.hard_regno_mode_ok (reg_number, mode))
1418 error ("register specified for %q+D isn%'t suitable for data type",
1419 decl);
1420 /* Now handle properly declared static register variables. */
1421 else
1422 {
1423 int nregs;
1424
1425 if (DECL_INITIAL (decl) != 0 && TREE_STATIC (decl))
1426 {
1427 DECL_INITIAL (decl) = 0;
1428 error ("global register variable has initial value");
1429 }
1430 if (TREE_THIS_VOLATILE (decl))
1431 warning (OPT_Wvolatile_register_var,
1432 "optimization may eliminate reads and/or "
1433 "writes to register variables");
1434
1435 /* If the user specified one of the eliminables registers here,
1436 e.g., FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM, we don't want to get this variable
1437 confused with that register and be eliminated. This usage is
1438 somewhat suspect... */
1439
1440 SET_DECL_RTL (decl, gen_raw_REG (mode, reg_number));
1441 ORIGINAL_REGNO (DECL_RTL (decl)) = reg_number;
1442 REG_USERVAR_P (DECL_RTL (decl)) = 1;
1443
1444 if (TREE_STATIC (decl))
1445 {
1446 /* Make this register global, so not usable for anything
1447 else. */
1448 #ifdef ASM_DECLARE_REGISTER_GLOBAL
1449 name = IDENTIFIER_POINTER (DECL_NAME (decl));
1450 ASM_DECLARE_REGISTER_GLOBAL (asm_out_file, decl, reg_number, name);
1451 #endif
1452 nregs = hard_regno_nregs (reg_number, mode);
1453 while (nregs > 0)
1454 globalize_reg (decl, reg_number + --nregs);
1455 }
1456
1457 /* As a register variable, it has no section. */
1458 return;
1459 }
1460 /* Avoid internal errors from invalid register
1461 specifications. */
1462 SET_DECL_ASSEMBLER_NAME (decl, NULL_TREE);
1463 DECL_HARD_REGISTER (decl) = 0;
1464 /* Also avoid SSA inconsistencies by pretending this is an external
1465 decl now. */
1466 DECL_EXTERNAL (decl) = 1;
1467 return;
1468 }
1469 /* Now handle ordinary static variables and functions (in memory).
1470 Also handle vars declared register invalidly. */
1471 else if (name[0] == '*')
1472 {
1473 #ifdef REGISTER_PREFIX
1474 if (strlen (REGISTER_PREFIX) != 0)
1475 {
1476 reg_number = decode_reg_name (name);
1477 if (reg_number >= 0 || reg_number == -3)
1478 error ("register name given for non-register variable %q+D", decl);
1479 }
1480 #endif
1481 }
1482
1483 /* Specifying a section attribute on a variable forces it into a
1484 non-.bss section, and thus it cannot be common. */
1485 /* FIXME: In general this code should not be necessary because
1486 visibility pass is doing the same work. But notice_global_symbol
1487 is called early and it needs to make DECL_RTL to get the name.
1488 we take care of recomputing the DECL_RTL after visibility is changed. */
1489 if (VAR_P (decl)
1490 && (TREE_STATIC (decl) || DECL_EXTERNAL (decl))
1491 && DECL_SECTION_NAME (decl) != NULL
1492 && DECL_INITIAL (decl) == NULL_TREE
1493 && DECL_COMMON (decl))
1494 DECL_COMMON (decl) = 0;
1495
1496 /* Variables can't be both common and weak. */
1497 if (VAR_P (decl) && DECL_WEAK (decl))
1498 DECL_COMMON (decl) = 0;
1499
1500 if (use_object_blocks_p () && use_blocks_for_decl_p (decl))
1501 x = create_block_symbol (name, get_block_for_decl (decl), -1);
1502 else
1503 {
1504 machine_mode address_mode = Pmode;
1505 if (TREE_TYPE (decl) != error_mark_node)
1506 {
1507 addr_space_t as = TYPE_ADDR_SPACE (TREE_TYPE (decl));
1508 address_mode = targetm.addr_space.address_mode (as);
1509 }
1510 x = gen_rtx_SYMBOL_REF (address_mode, name);
1511 }
1512 SYMBOL_REF_WEAK (x) = DECL_WEAK (decl);
1513 SET_SYMBOL_REF_DECL (x, decl);
1514
1515 x = gen_rtx_MEM (DECL_MODE (decl), x);
1516 if (TREE_CODE (decl) != FUNCTION_DECL)
1517 set_mem_attributes (x, decl, 1);
1518 SET_DECL_RTL (decl, x);
1519
1520 /* Optionally set flags or add text to the name to record information
1521 such as that it is a function name.
1522 If the name is changed, the macro ASM_OUTPUT_LABELREF
1523 will have to know how to strip this information. */
1524 targetm.encode_section_info (decl, DECL_RTL (decl), true);
1525 }
1526
1527 /* Like make_decl_rtl, but inhibit creation of new alias sets when
1528 calling make_decl_rtl. Also, reset DECL_RTL before returning the
1529 rtl. */
1530
1531 rtx
1532 make_decl_rtl_for_debug (tree decl)
1533 {
1534 unsigned int save_aliasing_flag;
1535 rtx rtl;
1536
1537 if (DECL_RTL_SET_P (decl))
1538 return DECL_RTL (decl);
1539
1540 /* Kludge alert! Somewhere down the call chain, make_decl_rtl will
1541 call new_alias_set. If running with -fcompare-debug, sometimes
1542 we do not want to create alias sets that will throw the alias
1543 numbers off in the comparison dumps. So... clearing
1544 flag_strict_aliasing will keep new_alias_set() from creating a
1545 new set. */
1546 save_aliasing_flag = flag_strict_aliasing;
1547 flag_strict_aliasing = 0;
1548
1549 rtl = DECL_RTL (decl);
1550 /* Reset DECL_RTL back, as various parts of the compiler expects
1551 DECL_RTL set meaning it is actually going to be output. */
1552 SET_DECL_RTL (decl, NULL);
1553
1554 flag_strict_aliasing = save_aliasing_flag;
1555 return rtl;
1556 }
1557 \f
1558 /* Output a string of literal assembler code
1559 for an `asm' keyword used between functions. */
1560
1561 void
1562 assemble_asm (tree string)
1563 {
1564 const char *p;
1565 app_enable ();
1566
1567 if (TREE_CODE (string) == ADDR_EXPR)
1568 string = TREE_OPERAND (string, 0);
1569
1570 p = TREE_STRING_POINTER (string);
1571 fprintf (asm_out_file, "%s%s\n", p[0] == '\t' ? "" : "\t", p);
1572 }
1573
1574 /* Write the address of the entity given by SYMBOL to SEC. */
1575 void
1576 assemble_addr_to_section (rtx symbol, section *sec)
1577 {
1578 switch_to_section (sec);
1579 assemble_align (POINTER_SIZE);
1580 assemble_integer (symbol, POINTER_SIZE_UNITS, POINTER_SIZE, 1);
1581 }
1582
1583 /* Return the numbered .ctors.N (if CONSTRUCTOR_P) or .dtors.N (if
1584 not) section for PRIORITY. */
1585 section *
1586 get_cdtor_priority_section (int priority, bool constructor_p)
1587 {
1588 /* Buffer conservatively large enough for the full range of a 32-bit
1589 int plus the text below. */
1590 char buf[18];
1591
1592 /* ??? This only works reliably with the GNU linker. */
1593 sprintf (buf, "%s.%.5u",
1594 constructor_p ? ".ctors" : ".dtors",
1595 /* Invert the numbering so the linker puts us in the proper
1596 order; constructors are run from right to left, and the
1597 linker sorts in increasing order. */
1598 MAX_INIT_PRIORITY - priority);
1599 return get_section (buf, SECTION_WRITE, NULL);
1600 }
1601
1602 void
1603 default_named_section_asm_out_destructor (rtx symbol, int priority)
1604 {
1605 section *sec;
1606
1607 if (priority != DEFAULT_INIT_PRIORITY)
1608 sec = get_cdtor_priority_section (priority,
1609 /*constructor_p=*/false);
1610 else
1611 sec = get_section (".dtors", SECTION_WRITE, NULL);
1612
1613 assemble_addr_to_section (symbol, sec);
1614 }
1615
1616 #ifdef DTORS_SECTION_ASM_OP
1617 void
1618 default_dtor_section_asm_out_destructor (rtx symbol,
1619 int priority ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
1620 {
1621 assemble_addr_to_section (symbol, dtors_section);
1622 }
1623 #endif
1624
1625 void
1626 default_named_section_asm_out_constructor (rtx symbol, int priority)
1627 {
1628 section *sec;
1629
1630 if (priority != DEFAULT_INIT_PRIORITY)
1631 sec = get_cdtor_priority_section (priority,
1632 /*constructor_p=*/true);
1633 else
1634 sec = get_section (".ctors", SECTION_WRITE, NULL);
1635
1636 assemble_addr_to_section (symbol, sec);
1637 }
1638
1639 #ifdef CTORS_SECTION_ASM_OP
1640 void
1641 default_ctor_section_asm_out_constructor (rtx symbol,
1642 int priority ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
1643 {
1644 assemble_addr_to_section (symbol, ctors_section);
1645 }
1646 #endif
1647 \f
1648 /* CONSTANT_POOL_BEFORE_FUNCTION may be defined as an expression with
1649 a nonzero value if the constant pool should be output before the
1650 start of the function, or a zero value if the pool should output
1651 after the end of the function. The default is to put it before the
1652 start. */
1653
1654 #ifndef CONSTANT_POOL_BEFORE_FUNCTION
1655 #define CONSTANT_POOL_BEFORE_FUNCTION 1
1656 #endif
1657
1658 /* DECL is an object (either VAR_DECL or FUNCTION_DECL) which is going
1659 to be output to assembler.
1660 Set first_global_object_name and weak_global_object_name as appropriate. */
1661
1662 void
1663 notice_global_symbol (tree decl)
1664 {
1665 const char **t = &first_global_object_name;
1666
1667 if (first_global_object_name
1668 || !TREE_PUBLIC (decl)
1669 || DECL_EXTERNAL (decl)
1670 || !DECL_NAME (decl)
1671 || (VAR_P (decl) && DECL_HARD_REGISTER (decl))
1672 || (TREE_CODE (decl) != FUNCTION_DECL
1673 && (!VAR_P (decl)
1674 || (DECL_COMMON (decl)
1675 && (DECL_INITIAL (decl) == 0
1676 || DECL_INITIAL (decl) == error_mark_node)))))
1677 return;
1678
1679 /* We win when global object is found, but it is useful to know about weak
1680 symbol as well so we can produce nicer unique names. */
1681 if (DECL_WEAK (decl) || DECL_ONE_ONLY (decl) || flag_shlib)
1682 t = &weak_global_object_name;
1683
1684 if (!*t)
1685 {
1686 tree id = DECL_ASSEMBLER_NAME (decl);
1687 ultimate_transparent_alias_target (&id);
1688 *t = ggc_strdup (targetm.strip_name_encoding (IDENTIFIER_POINTER (id)));
1689 }
1690 }
1691
1692 /* If not using flag_reorder_blocks_and_partition, decide early whether the
1693 current function goes into the cold section, so that targets can use
1694 current_function_section during RTL expansion. DECL describes the
1695 function. */
1696
1697 void
1698 decide_function_section (tree decl)
1699 {
1700 first_function_block_is_cold = false;
1701
1702 if (DECL_SECTION_NAME (decl))
1703 {
1704 struct cgraph_node *node = cgraph_node::get (current_function_decl);
1705 /* Calls to function_section rely on first_function_block_is_cold
1706 being accurate. */
1707 first_function_block_is_cold = (node
1708 && node->frequency
1709 == NODE_FREQUENCY_UNLIKELY_EXECUTED);
1710 }
1711
1712 in_cold_section_p = first_function_block_is_cold;
1713 }
1714
1715 /* Get the function's name, as described by its RTL. This may be
1716 different from the DECL_NAME name used in the source file. */
1717 const char *
1718 get_fnname_from_decl (tree decl)
1719 {
1720 rtx x = DECL_RTL (decl);
1721 gcc_assert (MEM_P (x));
1722 x = XEXP (x, 0);
1723 gcc_assert (GET_CODE (x) == SYMBOL_REF);
1724 return XSTR (x, 0);
1725 }
1726
1727 /* Output assembler code for the constant pool of a function and associated
1728 with defining the name of the function. DECL describes the function.
1729 NAME is the function's name. For the constant pool, we use the current
1730 constant pool data. */
1731
1732 void
1733 assemble_start_function (tree decl, const char *fnname)
1734 {
1735 int align;
1736 char tmp_label[100];
1737 bool hot_label_written = false;
1738
1739 if (crtl->has_bb_partition)
1740 {
1741 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (tmp_label, "LHOTB", const_labelno);
1742 crtl->subsections.hot_section_label = ggc_strdup (tmp_label);
1743 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (tmp_label, "LCOLDB", const_labelno);
1744 crtl->subsections.cold_section_label = ggc_strdup (tmp_label);
1745 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (tmp_label, "LHOTE", const_labelno);
1746 crtl->subsections.hot_section_end_label = ggc_strdup (tmp_label);
1747 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (tmp_label, "LCOLDE", const_labelno);
1748 crtl->subsections.cold_section_end_label = ggc_strdup (tmp_label);
1749 const_labelno++;
1750 cold_function_name = NULL_TREE;
1751 }
1752 else
1753 {
1754 crtl->subsections.hot_section_label = NULL;
1755 crtl->subsections.cold_section_label = NULL;
1756 crtl->subsections.hot_section_end_label = NULL;
1757 crtl->subsections.cold_section_end_label = NULL;
1758 }
1759
1760 /* The following code does not need preprocessing in the assembler. */
1761
1762 app_disable ();
1763
1764 if (CONSTANT_POOL_BEFORE_FUNCTION)
1765 output_constant_pool (fnname, decl);
1766
1767 align = symtab_node::get (decl)->definition_alignment ();
1768
1769 /* Make sure the not and cold text (code) sections are properly
1770 aligned. This is necessary here in the case where the function
1771 has both hot and cold sections, because we don't want to re-set
1772 the alignment when the section switch happens mid-function. */
1773
1774 if (crtl->has_bb_partition)
1775 {
1776 first_function_block_is_cold = false;
1777
1778 switch_to_section (unlikely_text_section ());
1779 assemble_align (align);
1780 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file, crtl->subsections.cold_section_label);
1781
1782 /* When the function starts with a cold section, we need to explicitly
1783 align the hot section and write out the hot section label.
1784 But if the current function is a thunk, we do not have a CFG. */
1785 if (!cfun->is_thunk
1786 && BB_PARTITION (ENTRY_BLOCK_PTR_FOR_FN (cfun)->next_bb) == BB_COLD_PARTITION)
1787 {
1788 switch_to_section (text_section);
1789 assemble_align (align);
1790 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file, crtl->subsections.hot_section_label);
1791 hot_label_written = true;
1792 first_function_block_is_cold = true;
1793 }
1794 in_cold_section_p = first_function_block_is_cold;
1795 }
1796
1797
1798 /* Switch to the correct text section for the start of the function. */
1799
1800 switch_to_section (function_section (decl));
1801 if (crtl->has_bb_partition && !hot_label_written)
1802 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file, crtl->subsections.hot_section_label);
1803
1804 /* Tell assembler to move to target machine's alignment for functions. */
1805 align = floor_log2 (align / BITS_PER_UNIT);
1806 if (align > 0)
1807 {
1808 ASM_OUTPUT_ALIGN (asm_out_file, align);
1809 }
1810
1811 /* Handle a user-specified function alignment.
1812 Note that we still need to align to DECL_ALIGN, as above,
1813 because ASM_OUTPUT_MAX_SKIP_ALIGN might not do any alignment at all. */
1814 if (! DECL_USER_ALIGN (decl)
1815 && align_functions.levels[0].log > align
1816 && optimize_function_for_speed_p (cfun))
1817 {
1818 #ifdef ASM_OUTPUT_MAX_SKIP_ALIGN
1819 int align_log = align_functions.levels[0].log;
1820 #endif
1821 int max_skip = align_functions.levels[0].maxskip;
1822 if (flag_limit_function_alignment && crtl->max_insn_address > 0
1823 && max_skip >= crtl->max_insn_address)
1824 max_skip = crtl->max_insn_address - 1;
1825
1826 #ifdef ASM_OUTPUT_MAX_SKIP_ALIGN
1827 ASM_OUTPUT_MAX_SKIP_ALIGN (asm_out_file, align_log, max_skip);
1828 if (max_skip == align_functions.levels[0].maxskip)
1829 ASM_OUTPUT_MAX_SKIP_ALIGN (asm_out_file,
1830 align_functions.levels[1].log,
1831 align_functions.levels[1].maxskip);
1832 #else
1833 ASM_OUTPUT_ALIGN (asm_out_file, align_functions.levels[0].log);
1834 #endif
1835 }
1836
1837 #ifdef ASM_OUTPUT_FUNCTION_PREFIX
1838 ASM_OUTPUT_FUNCTION_PREFIX (asm_out_file, fnname);
1839 #endif
1840
1841 if (!DECL_IGNORED_P (decl))
1842 (*debug_hooks->begin_function) (decl);
1843
1844 /* Make function name accessible from other files, if appropriate. */
1845
1846 if (TREE_PUBLIC (decl))
1847 {
1848 notice_global_symbol (decl);
1849
1850 globalize_decl (decl);
1851
1852 maybe_assemble_visibility (decl);
1853 }
1854
1855 if (DECL_PRESERVE_P (decl))
1856 targetm.asm_out.mark_decl_preserved (fnname);
1857
1858 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT patch_area_size = function_entry_patch_area_size;
1859 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT patch_area_entry = function_entry_patch_area_start;
1860
1861 tree patchable_function_entry_attr
1862 = lookup_attribute ("patchable_function_entry", DECL_ATTRIBUTES (decl));
1863 if (patchable_function_entry_attr)
1864 {
1865 tree pp_val = TREE_VALUE (patchable_function_entry_attr);
1866 tree patchable_function_entry_value1 = TREE_VALUE (pp_val);
1867
1868 patch_area_size = tree_to_uhwi (patchable_function_entry_value1);
1869 patch_area_entry = 0;
1870 if (TREE_CHAIN (pp_val) != NULL_TREE)
1871 {
1872 tree patchable_function_entry_value2
1873 = TREE_VALUE (TREE_CHAIN (pp_val));
1874 patch_area_entry = tree_to_uhwi (patchable_function_entry_value2);
1875 }
1876 }
1877
1878 if (patch_area_entry > patch_area_size)
1879 {
1880 if (patch_area_size > 0)
1881 warning (OPT_Wattributes,
1882 "patchable function entry %wu exceeds size %wu",
1883 patch_area_entry, patch_area_size);
1884 patch_area_entry = 0;
1885 }
1886
1887 /* Emit the patching area before the entry label, if any. */
1888 if (patch_area_entry > 0)
1889 targetm.asm_out.print_patchable_function_entry (asm_out_file,
1890 patch_area_entry, true);
1891
1892 /* Do any machine/system dependent processing of the function name. */
1893 #ifdef ASM_DECLARE_FUNCTION_NAME
1894 ASM_DECLARE_FUNCTION_NAME (asm_out_file, fnname, current_function_decl);
1895 #else
1896 /* Standard thing is just output label for the function. */
1897 ASM_OUTPUT_FUNCTION_LABEL (asm_out_file, fnname, current_function_decl);
1898 #endif /* ASM_DECLARE_FUNCTION_NAME */
1899
1900 /* And the area after the label. Record it if we haven't done so yet. */
1901 if (patch_area_size > patch_area_entry)
1902 targetm.asm_out.print_patchable_function_entry (asm_out_file,
1903 patch_area_size
1904 - patch_area_entry,
1905 patch_area_entry == 0);
1906
1907 if (lookup_attribute ("no_split_stack", DECL_ATTRIBUTES (decl)))
1908 saw_no_split_stack = true;
1909 }
1910
1911 /* Output assembler code associated with defining the size of the
1912 function. DECL describes the function. NAME is the function's name. */
1913
1914 void
1915 assemble_end_function (tree decl, const char *fnname ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
1916 {
1917 #ifdef ASM_DECLARE_FUNCTION_SIZE
1918 /* We could have switched section in the middle of the function. */
1919 if (crtl->has_bb_partition)
1920 switch_to_section (function_section (decl));
1921 ASM_DECLARE_FUNCTION_SIZE (asm_out_file, fnname, decl);
1922 #endif
1923 if (! CONSTANT_POOL_BEFORE_FUNCTION)
1924 {
1925 output_constant_pool (fnname, decl);
1926 switch_to_section (function_section (decl)); /* need to switch back */
1927 }
1928 /* Output labels for end of hot/cold text sections (to be used by
1929 debug info.) */
1930 if (crtl->has_bb_partition)
1931 {
1932 section *save_text_section;
1933
1934 save_text_section = in_section;
1935 switch_to_section (unlikely_text_section ());
1936 #ifdef ASM_DECLARE_COLD_FUNCTION_SIZE
1937 if (cold_function_name != NULL_TREE)
1938 ASM_DECLARE_COLD_FUNCTION_SIZE (asm_out_file,
1939 IDENTIFIER_POINTER (cold_function_name),
1940 decl);
1941 #endif
1942 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file, crtl->subsections.cold_section_end_label);
1943 if (first_function_block_is_cold)
1944 switch_to_section (text_section);
1945 else
1946 switch_to_section (function_section (decl));
1947 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file, crtl->subsections.hot_section_end_label);
1948 switch_to_section (save_text_section);
1949 }
1950 }
1951 \f
1952 /* Assemble code to leave SIZE bytes of zeros. */
1953
1954 void
1955 assemble_zeros (unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT size)
1956 {
1957 /* Do no output if -fsyntax-only. */
1958 if (flag_syntax_only)
1959 return;
1960
1961 #ifdef ASM_NO_SKIP_IN_TEXT
1962 /* The `space' pseudo in the text section outputs nop insns rather than 0s,
1963 so we must output 0s explicitly in the text section. */
1964 if (ASM_NO_SKIP_IN_TEXT && (in_section->common.flags & SECTION_CODE) != 0)
1965 {
1966 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT i;
1967 for (i = 0; i < size; i++)
1968 assemble_integer (const0_rtx, 1, BITS_PER_UNIT, 1);
1969 }
1970 else
1971 #endif
1972 if (size > 0)
1973 ASM_OUTPUT_SKIP (asm_out_file, size);
1974 }
1975
1976 /* Assemble an alignment pseudo op for an ALIGN-bit boundary. */
1977
1978 void
1979 assemble_align (unsigned int align)
1980 {
1981 if (align > BITS_PER_UNIT)
1982 {
1983 ASM_OUTPUT_ALIGN (asm_out_file, floor_log2 (align / BITS_PER_UNIT));
1984 }
1985 }
1986
1987 /* Assemble a string constant with the specified C string as contents. */
1988
1989 void
1990 assemble_string (const char *p, int size)
1991 {
1992 int pos = 0;
1993 int maximum = 2000;
1994
1995 /* If the string is very long, split it up. */
1996
1997 while (pos < size)
1998 {
1999 int thissize = size - pos;
2000 if (thissize > maximum)
2001 thissize = maximum;
2002
2003 ASM_OUTPUT_ASCII (asm_out_file, p, thissize);
2004
2005 pos += thissize;
2006 p += thissize;
2007 }
2008 }
2009
2010 \f
2011 /* A noswitch_section_callback for lcomm_section. */
2012
2013 static bool
2014 emit_local (tree decl ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
2015 const char *name ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
2016 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT size ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
2017 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT rounded ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
2018 {
2019 #if defined ASM_OUTPUT_ALIGNED_DECL_LOCAL
2020 unsigned int align = symtab_node::get (decl)->definition_alignment ();
2021 ASM_OUTPUT_ALIGNED_DECL_LOCAL (asm_out_file, decl, name,
2022 size, align);
2023 return true;
2024 #elif defined ASM_OUTPUT_ALIGNED_LOCAL
2025 unsigned int align = symtab_node::get (decl)->definition_alignment ();
2026 ASM_OUTPUT_ALIGNED_LOCAL (asm_out_file, name, size, align);
2027 return true;
2028 #else
2029 ASM_OUTPUT_LOCAL (asm_out_file, name, size, rounded);
2030 return false;
2031 #endif
2032 }
2033
2034 /* A noswitch_section_callback for bss_noswitch_section. */
2035
2036 #if defined ASM_OUTPUT_ALIGNED_BSS
2037 static bool
2038 emit_bss (tree decl ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
2039 const char *name ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
2040 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT size ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
2041 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT rounded ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
2042 {
2043 ASM_OUTPUT_ALIGNED_BSS (asm_out_file, decl, name, size,
2044 get_variable_align (decl));
2045 return true;
2046 }
2047 #endif
2048
2049 /* A noswitch_section_callback for comm_section. */
2050
2051 static bool
2052 emit_common (tree decl ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
2053 const char *name ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
2054 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT size ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
2055 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT rounded ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
2056 {
2057 #if defined ASM_OUTPUT_ALIGNED_DECL_COMMON
2058 ASM_OUTPUT_ALIGNED_DECL_COMMON (asm_out_file, decl, name,
2059 size, get_variable_align (decl));
2060 return true;
2061 #elif defined ASM_OUTPUT_ALIGNED_COMMON
2062 ASM_OUTPUT_ALIGNED_COMMON (asm_out_file, name, size,
2063 get_variable_align (decl));
2064 return true;
2065 #else
2066 ASM_OUTPUT_COMMON (asm_out_file, name, size, rounded);
2067 return false;
2068 #endif
2069 }
2070
2071 /* A noswitch_section_callback for tls_comm_section. */
2072
2073 static bool
2074 emit_tls_common (tree decl ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
2075 const char *name ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
2076 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT size ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
2077 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT rounded ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
2078 {
2079 #ifdef ASM_OUTPUT_TLS_COMMON
2080 ASM_OUTPUT_TLS_COMMON (asm_out_file, decl, name, size);
2081 return true;
2082 #else
2083 sorry ("thread-local COMMON data not implemented");
2084 return true;
2085 #endif
2086 }
2087
2088 /* Assemble DECL given that it belongs in SECTION_NOSWITCH section SECT.
2089 NAME is the name of DECL's SYMBOL_REF. */
2090
2091 static void
2092 assemble_noswitch_variable (tree decl, const char *name, section *sect,
2093 unsigned int align)
2094 {
2095 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT size, rounded;
2096
2097 size = tree_to_uhwi (DECL_SIZE_UNIT (decl));
2098 rounded = size;
2099
2100 if ((flag_sanitize & SANITIZE_ADDRESS) && asan_protect_global (decl))
2101 size += asan_red_zone_size (size);
2102
2103 /* Don't allocate zero bytes of common,
2104 since that means "undefined external" in the linker. */
2105 if (size == 0)
2106 rounded = 1;
2107
2108 /* Round size up to multiple of BIGGEST_ALIGNMENT bits
2109 so that each uninitialized object starts on such a boundary. */
2110 rounded += (BIGGEST_ALIGNMENT / BITS_PER_UNIT) - 1;
2111 rounded = (rounded / (BIGGEST_ALIGNMENT / BITS_PER_UNIT)
2112 * (BIGGEST_ALIGNMENT / BITS_PER_UNIT));
2113
2114 if (!sect->noswitch.callback (decl, name, size, rounded)
2115 && (unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT) (align / BITS_PER_UNIT) > rounded)
2116 error ("requested alignment for %q+D is greater than "
2117 "implemented alignment of %wu", decl, rounded);
2118 }
2119
2120 /* A subroutine of assemble_variable. Output the label and contents of
2121 DECL, whose address is a SYMBOL_REF with name NAME. DONT_OUTPUT_DATA
2122 is as for assemble_variable. */
2123
2124 static void
2125 assemble_variable_contents (tree decl, const char *name,
2126 bool dont_output_data, bool merge_strings)
2127 {
2128 /* Do any machine/system dependent processing of the object. */
2129 #ifdef ASM_DECLARE_OBJECT_NAME
2130 last_assemble_variable_decl = decl;
2131 ASM_DECLARE_OBJECT_NAME (asm_out_file, name, decl);
2132 #else
2133 /* Standard thing is just output label for the object. */
2134 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file, name);
2135 #endif /* ASM_DECLARE_OBJECT_NAME */
2136
2137 if (!dont_output_data)
2138 {
2139 /* Caller is supposed to use varpool_get_constructor when it wants
2140 to output the body. */
2141 gcc_assert (!in_lto_p || DECL_INITIAL (decl) != error_mark_node);
2142 if (DECL_INITIAL (decl)
2143 && DECL_INITIAL (decl) != error_mark_node
2144 && !initializer_zerop (DECL_INITIAL (decl)))
2145 /* Output the actual data. */
2146 output_constant (DECL_INITIAL (decl),
2147 tree_to_uhwi (DECL_SIZE_UNIT (decl)),
2148 get_variable_align (decl),
2149 false, merge_strings);
2150 else
2151 /* Leave space for it. */
2152 assemble_zeros (tree_to_uhwi (DECL_SIZE_UNIT (decl)));
2153 targetm.asm_out.decl_end ();
2154 }
2155 }
2156
2157 /* Write out assembly for the variable DECL, which is not defined in
2158 the current translation unit. */
2159 void
2160 assemble_undefined_decl (tree decl)
2161 {
2162 const char *name = XSTR (XEXP (DECL_RTL (decl), 0), 0);
2163 targetm.asm_out.assemble_undefined_decl (asm_out_file, name, decl);
2164 }
2165
2166 /* Assemble everything that is needed for a variable or function declaration.
2167 Not used for automatic variables, and not used for function definitions.
2168 Should not be called for variables of incomplete structure type.
2169
2170 TOP_LEVEL is nonzero if this variable has file scope.
2171 AT_END is nonzero if this is the special handling, at end of compilation,
2172 to define things that have had only tentative definitions.
2173 DONT_OUTPUT_DATA if nonzero means don't actually output the
2174 initial value (that will be done by the caller). */
2175
2176 void
2177 assemble_variable (tree decl, int top_level ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
2178 int at_end ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED, int dont_output_data)
2179 {
2180 const char *name;
2181 rtx decl_rtl, symbol;
2182 section *sect;
2183 unsigned int align;
2184 bool asan_protected = false;
2185
2186 /* This function is supposed to handle VARIABLES. Ensure we have one. */
2187 gcc_assert (VAR_P (decl));
2188
2189 /* Emulated TLS had better not get this far. */
2190 gcc_checking_assert (targetm.have_tls || !DECL_THREAD_LOCAL_P (decl));
2191
2192 last_assemble_variable_decl = 0;
2193
2194 /* Normally no need to say anything here for external references,
2195 since assemble_external is called by the language-specific code
2196 when a declaration is first seen. */
2197
2198 if (DECL_EXTERNAL (decl))
2199 return;
2200
2201 /* Do nothing for global register variables. */
2202 if (DECL_RTL_SET_P (decl) && REG_P (DECL_RTL (decl)))
2203 {
2204 TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (decl) = 1;
2205 return;
2206 }
2207
2208 /* If type was incomplete when the variable was declared,
2209 see if it is complete now. */
2210
2211 if (DECL_SIZE (decl) == 0)
2212 layout_decl (decl, 0);
2213
2214 /* Still incomplete => don't allocate it; treat the tentative defn
2215 (which is what it must have been) as an `extern' reference. */
2216
2217 if (!dont_output_data && DECL_SIZE (decl) == 0)
2218 {
2219 error ("storage size of %q+D isn%'t known", decl);
2220 TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (decl) = 1;
2221 return;
2222 }
2223
2224 /* The first declaration of a variable that comes through this function
2225 decides whether it is global (in C, has external linkage)
2226 or local (in C, has internal linkage). So do nothing more
2227 if this function has already run. */
2228
2229 if (TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (decl))
2230 return;
2231
2232 /* Make sure targetm.encode_section_info is invoked before we set
2233 ASM_WRITTEN. */
2234 decl_rtl = DECL_RTL (decl);
2235
2236 TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (decl) = 1;
2237
2238 /* Do no output if -fsyntax-only. */
2239 if (flag_syntax_only)
2240 return;
2241
2242 if (! dont_output_data
2243 && ! valid_constant_size_p (DECL_SIZE_UNIT (decl)))
2244 {
2245 error ("size of variable %q+D is too large", decl);
2246 return;
2247 }
2248
2249 gcc_assert (MEM_P (decl_rtl));
2250 gcc_assert (GET_CODE (XEXP (decl_rtl, 0)) == SYMBOL_REF);
2251 symbol = XEXP (decl_rtl, 0);
2252
2253 /* If this symbol belongs to the tree constant pool, output the constant
2254 if it hasn't already been written. */
2255 if (TREE_CONSTANT_POOL_ADDRESS_P (symbol))
2256 {
2257 tree decl = SYMBOL_REF_DECL (symbol);
2258 if (!TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (DECL_INITIAL (decl)))
2259 output_constant_def_contents (symbol);
2260 return;
2261 }
2262
2263 app_disable ();
2264
2265 name = XSTR (symbol, 0);
2266 if (TREE_PUBLIC (decl) && DECL_NAME (decl))
2267 notice_global_symbol (decl);
2268
2269 /* Compute the alignment of this data. */
2270
2271 align_variable (decl, dont_output_data);
2272
2273 if ((flag_sanitize & SANITIZE_ADDRESS)
2274 && asan_protect_global (decl))
2275 {
2276 asan_protected = true;
2277 SET_DECL_ALIGN (decl, MAX (DECL_ALIGN (decl),
2278 ASAN_RED_ZONE_SIZE * BITS_PER_UNIT));
2279 }
2280
2281 set_mem_align (decl_rtl, DECL_ALIGN (decl));
2282
2283 align = get_variable_align (decl);
2284
2285 if (TREE_PUBLIC (decl))
2286 maybe_assemble_visibility (decl);
2287
2288 if (DECL_PRESERVE_P (decl))
2289 targetm.asm_out.mark_decl_preserved (name);
2290
2291 /* First make the assembler name(s) global if appropriate. */
2292 sect = get_variable_section (decl, false);
2293 if (TREE_PUBLIC (decl)
2294 && (sect->common.flags & SECTION_COMMON) == 0)
2295 globalize_decl (decl);
2296
2297 /* Output any data that we will need to use the address of. */
2298 if (DECL_INITIAL (decl) && DECL_INITIAL (decl) != error_mark_node)
2299 output_addressed_constants (DECL_INITIAL (decl));
2300
2301 /* dbxout.c needs to know this. */
2302 if (sect && (sect->common.flags & SECTION_CODE) != 0)
2303 DECL_IN_TEXT_SECTION (decl) = 1;
2304
2305 /* If the decl is part of an object_block, make sure that the decl
2306 has been positioned within its block, but do not write out its
2307 definition yet. output_object_blocks will do that later. */
2308 if (SYMBOL_REF_HAS_BLOCK_INFO_P (symbol) && SYMBOL_REF_BLOCK (symbol))
2309 {
2310 gcc_assert (!dont_output_data);
2311 place_block_symbol (symbol);
2312 }
2313 else if (SECTION_STYLE (sect) == SECTION_NOSWITCH)
2314 assemble_noswitch_variable (decl, name, sect, align);
2315 else
2316 {
2317 /* Special-case handling of vtv comdat sections. */
2318 if (sect->named.name
2319 && (strcmp (sect->named.name, ".vtable_map_vars") == 0))
2320 handle_vtv_comdat_section (sect, decl);
2321 else
2322 switch_to_section (sect);
2323 if (align > BITS_PER_UNIT)
2324 ASM_OUTPUT_ALIGN (asm_out_file, floor_log2 (align / BITS_PER_UNIT));
2325 assemble_variable_contents (decl, name, dont_output_data,
2326 (sect->common.flags & SECTION_MERGE)
2327 && (sect->common.flags & SECTION_STRINGS));
2328 if (asan_protected)
2329 {
2330 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT int size
2331 = tree_to_uhwi (DECL_SIZE_UNIT (decl));
2332 assemble_zeros (asan_red_zone_size (size));
2333 }
2334 }
2335 }
2336
2337
2338 /* Given a function declaration (FN_DECL), this function assembles the
2339 function into the .preinit_array section. */
2340
2341 void
2342 assemble_vtv_preinit_initializer (tree fn_decl)
2343 {
2344 section *sect;
2345 unsigned flags = SECTION_WRITE;
2346 rtx symbol = XEXP (DECL_RTL (fn_decl), 0);
2347
2348 flags |= SECTION_NOTYPE;
2349 sect = get_section (".preinit_array", flags, fn_decl);
2350 switch_to_section (sect);
2351 assemble_addr_to_section (symbol, sect);
2352 }
2353
2354 /* Return 1 if type TYPE contains any pointers. */
2355
2356 static int
2357 contains_pointers_p (tree type)
2358 {
2359 switch (TREE_CODE (type))
2360 {
2361 case POINTER_TYPE:
2362 case REFERENCE_TYPE:
2363 /* I'm not sure whether OFFSET_TYPE needs this treatment,
2364 so I'll play safe and return 1. */
2365 case OFFSET_TYPE:
2366 return 1;
2367
2368 case RECORD_TYPE:
2369 case UNION_TYPE:
2370 case QUAL_UNION_TYPE:
2371 {
2372 tree fields;
2373 /* For a type that has fields, see if the fields have pointers. */
2374 for (fields = TYPE_FIELDS (type); fields; fields = DECL_CHAIN (fields))
2375 if (TREE_CODE (fields) == FIELD_DECL
2376 && contains_pointers_p (TREE_TYPE (fields)))
2377 return 1;
2378 return 0;
2379 }
2380
2381 case ARRAY_TYPE:
2382 /* An array type contains pointers if its element type does. */
2383 return contains_pointers_p (TREE_TYPE (type));
2384
2385 default:
2386 return 0;
2387 }
2388 }
2389
2390 /* We delay assemble_external processing until
2391 the compilation unit is finalized. This is the best we can do for
2392 right now (i.e. stage 3 of GCC 4.0) - the right thing is to delay
2393 it all the way to final. See PR 17982 for further discussion. */
2394 static GTY(()) tree pending_assemble_externals;
2395
2396 #ifdef ASM_OUTPUT_EXTERNAL
2397 /* Some targets delay some output to final using TARGET_ASM_FILE_END.
2398 As a result, assemble_external can be called after the list of externals
2399 is processed and the pointer set destroyed. */
2400 static bool pending_assemble_externals_processed;
2401
2402 /* Avoid O(external_decls**2) lookups in the pending_assemble_externals
2403 TREE_LIST in assemble_external. */
2404 static hash_set<tree> *pending_assemble_externals_set;
2405
2406 /* True if DECL is a function decl for which no out-of-line copy exists.
2407 It is assumed that DECL's assembler name has been set. */
2408
2409 static bool
2410 incorporeal_function_p (tree decl)
2411 {
2412 if (TREE_CODE (decl) == FUNCTION_DECL && fndecl_built_in_p (decl))
2413 {
2414 const char *name;
2415
2416 if (DECL_BUILT_IN_CLASS (decl) == BUILT_IN_NORMAL
2417 && ALLOCA_FUNCTION_CODE_P (DECL_FUNCTION_CODE (decl)))
2418 return true;
2419
2420 name = IDENTIFIER_POINTER (DECL_ASSEMBLER_NAME (decl));
2421 /* Atomic or sync builtins which have survived this far will be
2422 resolved externally and therefore are not incorporeal. */
2423 if (strncmp (name, "__builtin_", 10) == 0)
2424 return true;
2425 }
2426 return false;
2427 }
2428
2429 /* Actually do the tests to determine if this is necessary, and invoke
2430 ASM_OUTPUT_EXTERNAL. */
2431 static void
2432 assemble_external_real (tree decl)
2433 {
2434 rtx rtl = DECL_RTL (decl);
2435
2436 if (MEM_P (rtl) && GET_CODE (XEXP (rtl, 0)) == SYMBOL_REF
2437 && !SYMBOL_REF_USED (XEXP (rtl, 0))
2438 && !incorporeal_function_p (decl))
2439 {
2440 /* Some systems do require some output. */
2441 SYMBOL_REF_USED (XEXP (rtl, 0)) = 1;
2442 ASM_OUTPUT_EXTERNAL (asm_out_file, decl, XSTR (XEXP (rtl, 0), 0));
2443 }
2444 }
2445 #endif
2446
2447 void
2448 process_pending_assemble_externals (void)
2449 {
2450 #ifdef ASM_OUTPUT_EXTERNAL
2451 tree list;
2452 for (list = pending_assemble_externals; list; list = TREE_CHAIN (list))
2453 assemble_external_real (TREE_VALUE (list));
2454
2455 pending_assemble_externals = 0;
2456 pending_assemble_externals_processed = true;
2457 delete pending_assemble_externals_set;
2458 #endif
2459 }
2460
2461 /* This TREE_LIST contains any weak symbol declarations waiting
2462 to be emitted. */
2463 static GTY(()) tree weak_decls;
2464
2465 /* Output something to declare an external symbol to the assembler,
2466 and qualifiers such as weakness. (Most assemblers don't need
2467 extern declaration, so we normally output nothing.) Do nothing if
2468 DECL is not external. */
2469
2470 void
2471 assemble_external (tree decl ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
2472 {
2473 /* Make sure that the ASM_OUT_FILE is open.
2474 If it's not, we should not be calling this function. */
2475 gcc_assert (asm_out_file);
2476
2477 /* In a perfect world, the following condition would be true.
2478 Sadly, the Go front end emit assembly *from the front end*,
2479 bypassing the call graph. See PR52739. Fix before GCC 4.8. */
2480 #if 0
2481 /* This function should only be called if we are expanding, or have
2482 expanded, to RTL.
2483 Ideally, only final.c would be calling this function, but it is
2484 not clear whether that would break things somehow. See PR 17982
2485 for further discussion. */
2486 gcc_assert (state == EXPANSION
2487 || state == FINISHED);
2488 #endif
2489
2490 if (!DECL_P (decl) || !DECL_EXTERNAL (decl) || !TREE_PUBLIC (decl))
2491 return;
2492
2493 /* We want to output annotation for weak and external symbols at
2494 very last to check if they are references or not. */
2495
2496 if (TARGET_SUPPORTS_WEAK
2497 && DECL_WEAK (decl)
2498 /* TREE_STATIC is a weird and abused creature which is not
2499 generally the right test for whether an entity has been
2500 locally emitted, inlined or otherwise not-really-extern, but
2501 for declarations that can be weak, it happens to be
2502 match. */
2503 && !TREE_STATIC (decl)
2504 && lookup_attribute ("weak", DECL_ATTRIBUTES (decl))
2505 && value_member (decl, weak_decls) == NULL_TREE)
2506 weak_decls = tree_cons (NULL, decl, weak_decls);
2507
2508 #ifdef ASM_OUTPUT_EXTERNAL
2509 if (pending_assemble_externals_processed)
2510 {
2511 assemble_external_real (decl);
2512 return;
2513 }
2514
2515 if (! pending_assemble_externals_set->add (decl))
2516 pending_assemble_externals = tree_cons (NULL, decl,
2517 pending_assemble_externals);
2518 #endif
2519 }
2520
2521 /* Similar, for calling a library function FUN. */
2522
2523 void
2524 assemble_external_libcall (rtx fun)
2525 {
2526 /* Declare library function name external when first used, if nec. */
2527 if (! SYMBOL_REF_USED (fun))
2528 {
2529 SYMBOL_REF_USED (fun) = 1;
2530 targetm.asm_out.external_libcall (fun);
2531 }
2532 }
2533
2534 /* Assemble a label named NAME. */
2535
2536 void
2537 assemble_label (FILE *file, const char *name)
2538 {
2539 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (file, name);
2540 }
2541
2542 /* Set the symbol_referenced flag for ID. */
2543 void
2544 mark_referenced (tree id)
2545 {
2546 TREE_SYMBOL_REFERENCED (id) = 1;
2547 }
2548
2549 /* Set the symbol_referenced flag for DECL and notify callgraph. */
2550 void
2551 mark_decl_referenced (tree decl)
2552 {
2553 if (TREE_CODE (decl) == FUNCTION_DECL)
2554 {
2555 /* Extern inline functions don't become needed when referenced.
2556 If we know a method will be emitted in other TU and no new
2557 functions can be marked reachable, just use the external
2558 definition. */
2559 struct cgraph_node *node = cgraph_node::get_create (decl);
2560 if (!DECL_EXTERNAL (decl)
2561 && !node->definition)
2562 node->mark_force_output ();
2563 }
2564 else if (VAR_P (decl))
2565 {
2566 varpool_node *node = varpool_node::get_create (decl);
2567 /* C++ frontend use mark_decl_references to force COMDAT variables
2568 to be output that might appear dead otherwise. */
2569 node->force_output = true;
2570 }
2571 /* else do nothing - we can get various sorts of CST nodes here,
2572 which do not need to be marked. */
2573 }
2574
2575
2576 /* Output to FILE (an assembly file) a reference to NAME. If NAME
2577 starts with a *, the rest of NAME is output verbatim. Otherwise
2578 NAME is transformed in a target-specific way (usually by the
2579 addition of an underscore). */
2580
2581 void
2582 assemble_name_raw (FILE *file, const char *name)
2583 {
2584 if (name[0] == '*')
2585 fputs (&name[1], file);
2586 else
2587 ASM_OUTPUT_LABELREF (file, name);
2588 }
2589
2590 /* Like assemble_name_raw, but should be used when NAME might refer to
2591 an entity that is also represented as a tree (like a function or
2592 variable). If NAME does refer to such an entity, that entity will
2593 be marked as referenced. */
2594
2595 void
2596 assemble_name (FILE *file, const char *name)
2597 {
2598 const char *real_name;
2599 tree id;
2600
2601 real_name = targetm.strip_name_encoding (name);
2602
2603 id = maybe_get_identifier (real_name);
2604 if (id)
2605 {
2606 tree id_orig = id;
2607
2608 mark_referenced (id);
2609 ultimate_transparent_alias_target (&id);
2610 if (id != id_orig)
2611 name = IDENTIFIER_POINTER (id);
2612 gcc_assert (! TREE_CHAIN (id));
2613 }
2614
2615 assemble_name_raw (file, name);
2616 }
2617
2618 /* Allocate SIZE bytes writable static space with a gensym name
2619 and return an RTX to refer to its address. */
2620
2621 rtx
2622 assemble_static_space (unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT size)
2623 {
2624 char name[17];
2625 const char *namestring;
2626 rtx x;
2627
2628 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (name, "LF", const_labelno);
2629 ++const_labelno;
2630 namestring = ggc_strdup (name);
2631
2632 x = gen_rtx_SYMBOL_REF (Pmode, namestring);
2633 SYMBOL_REF_FLAGS (x) = SYMBOL_FLAG_LOCAL;
2634
2635 #ifdef ASM_OUTPUT_ALIGNED_DECL_LOCAL
2636 ASM_OUTPUT_ALIGNED_DECL_LOCAL (asm_out_file, NULL_TREE, name, size,
2637 BIGGEST_ALIGNMENT);
2638 #else
2639 #ifdef ASM_OUTPUT_ALIGNED_LOCAL
2640 ASM_OUTPUT_ALIGNED_LOCAL (asm_out_file, name, size, BIGGEST_ALIGNMENT);
2641 #else
2642 {
2643 /* Round size up to multiple of BIGGEST_ALIGNMENT bits
2644 so that each uninitialized object starts on such a boundary. */
2645 /* Variable `rounded' might or might not be used in ASM_OUTPUT_LOCAL. */
2646 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT rounded ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
2647 = ((size + (BIGGEST_ALIGNMENT / BITS_PER_UNIT) - 1)
2648 / (BIGGEST_ALIGNMENT / BITS_PER_UNIT)
2649 * (BIGGEST_ALIGNMENT / BITS_PER_UNIT));
2650 ASM_OUTPUT_LOCAL (asm_out_file, name, size, rounded);
2651 }
2652 #endif
2653 #endif
2654 return x;
2655 }
2656
2657 /* Assemble the static constant template for function entry trampolines.
2658 This is done at most once per compilation.
2659 Returns an RTX for the address of the template. */
2660
2661 static GTY(()) rtx initial_trampoline;
2662
2663 rtx
2664 assemble_trampoline_template (void)
2665 {
2666 char label[256];
2667 const char *name;
2668 int align;
2669 rtx symbol;
2670
2671 gcc_assert (targetm.asm_out.trampoline_template != NULL);
2672
2673 if (initial_trampoline)
2674 return initial_trampoline;
2675
2676 /* By default, put trampoline templates in read-only data section. */
2677
2678 #ifdef TRAMPOLINE_SECTION
2679 switch_to_section (TRAMPOLINE_SECTION);
2680 #else
2681 switch_to_section (readonly_data_section);
2682 #endif
2683
2684 /* Write the assembler code to define one. */
2685 align = floor_log2 (TRAMPOLINE_ALIGNMENT / BITS_PER_UNIT);
2686 if (align > 0)
2687 ASM_OUTPUT_ALIGN (asm_out_file, align);
2688
2689 targetm.asm_out.internal_label (asm_out_file, "LTRAMP", 0);
2690 targetm.asm_out.trampoline_template (asm_out_file);
2691
2692 /* Record the rtl to refer to it. */
2693 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (label, "LTRAMP", 0);
2694 name = ggc_strdup (label);
2695 symbol = gen_rtx_SYMBOL_REF (Pmode, name);
2696 SYMBOL_REF_FLAGS (symbol) = SYMBOL_FLAG_LOCAL;
2697
2698 initial_trampoline = gen_const_mem (BLKmode, symbol);
2699 set_mem_align (initial_trampoline, TRAMPOLINE_ALIGNMENT);
2700 set_mem_size (initial_trampoline, TRAMPOLINE_SIZE);
2701
2702 return initial_trampoline;
2703 }
2704 \f
2705 /* A and B are either alignments or offsets. Return the minimum alignment
2706 that may be assumed after adding the two together. */
2707
2708 static inline unsigned
2709 min_align (unsigned int a, unsigned int b)
2710 {
2711 return least_bit_hwi (a | b);
2712 }
2713
2714 /* Return the assembler directive for creating a given kind of integer
2715 object. SIZE is the number of bytes in the object and ALIGNED_P
2716 indicates whether it is known to be aligned. Return NULL if the
2717 assembly dialect has no such directive.
2718
2719 The returned string should be printed at the start of a new line and
2720 be followed immediately by the object's initial value. */
2721
2722 const char *
2723 integer_asm_op (int size, int aligned_p)
2724 {
2725 struct asm_int_op *ops;
2726
2727 if (aligned_p)
2728 ops = &targetm.asm_out.aligned_op;
2729 else
2730 ops = &targetm.asm_out.unaligned_op;
2731
2732 switch (size)
2733 {
2734 case 1:
2735 return targetm.asm_out.byte_op;
2736 case 2:
2737 return ops->hi;
2738 case 3:
2739 return ops->psi;
2740 case 4:
2741 return ops->si;
2742 case 5:
2743 case 6:
2744 case 7:
2745 return ops->pdi;
2746 case 8:
2747 return ops->di;
2748 case 9:
2749 case 10:
2750 case 11:
2751 case 12:
2752 case 13:
2753 case 14:
2754 case 15:
2755 return ops->pti;
2756 case 16:
2757 return ops->ti;
2758 default:
2759 return NULL;
2760 }
2761 }
2762
2763 /* Use directive OP to assemble an integer object X. Print OP at the
2764 start of the line, followed immediately by the value of X. */
2765
2766 void
2767 assemble_integer_with_op (const char *op, rtx x)
2768 {
2769 fputs (op, asm_out_file);
2770 output_addr_const (asm_out_file, x);
2771 fputc ('\n', asm_out_file);
2772 }
2773
2774 /* The default implementation of the asm_out.integer target hook. */
2775
2776 bool
2777 default_assemble_integer (rtx x ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
2778 unsigned int size ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
2779 int aligned_p ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
2780 {
2781 const char *op = integer_asm_op (size, aligned_p);
2782 /* Avoid GAS bugs for large values. Specifically negative values whose
2783 absolute value fits in a bfd_vma, but not in a bfd_signed_vma. */
2784 if (size > UNITS_PER_WORD && size > POINTER_SIZE_UNITS)
2785 return false;
2786 return op && (assemble_integer_with_op (op, x), true);
2787 }
2788
2789 /* Assemble the integer constant X into an object of SIZE bytes. ALIGN is
2790 the alignment of the integer in bits. Return 1 if we were able to output
2791 the constant, otherwise 0. We must be able to output the constant,
2792 if FORCE is nonzero. */
2793
2794 bool
2795 assemble_integer (rtx x, unsigned int size, unsigned int align, int force)
2796 {
2797 int aligned_p;
2798
2799 aligned_p = (align >= MIN (size * BITS_PER_UNIT, BIGGEST_ALIGNMENT));
2800
2801 /* See if the target hook can handle this kind of object. */
2802 if (targetm.asm_out.integer (x, size, aligned_p))
2803 return true;
2804
2805 /* If the object is a multi-byte one, try splitting it up. Split
2806 it into words it if is multi-word, otherwise split it into bytes. */
2807 if (size > 1)
2808 {
2809 machine_mode omode, imode;
2810 unsigned int subalign;
2811 unsigned int subsize, i;
2812 enum mode_class mclass;
2813
2814 subsize = size > UNITS_PER_WORD? UNITS_PER_WORD : 1;
2815 subalign = MIN (align, subsize * BITS_PER_UNIT);
2816 if (GET_CODE (x) == CONST_FIXED)
2817 mclass = GET_MODE_CLASS (GET_MODE (x));
2818 else
2819 mclass = MODE_INT;
2820
2821 omode = mode_for_size (subsize * BITS_PER_UNIT, mclass, 0).require ();
2822 imode = mode_for_size (size * BITS_PER_UNIT, mclass, 0).require ();
2823
2824 for (i = 0; i < size; i += subsize)
2825 {
2826 rtx partial = simplify_subreg (omode, x, imode, i);
2827 if (!partial || !assemble_integer (partial, subsize, subalign, 0))
2828 break;
2829 }
2830 if (i == size)
2831 return true;
2832
2833 /* If we've printed some of it, but not all of it, there's no going
2834 back now. */
2835 gcc_assert (!i);
2836 }
2837
2838 gcc_assert (!force);
2839
2840 return false;
2841 }
2842 \f
2843 /* Assemble the floating-point constant D into an object of size MODE. ALIGN
2844 is the alignment of the constant in bits. If REVERSE is true, D is output
2845 in reverse storage order. */
2846
2847 void
2848 assemble_real (REAL_VALUE_TYPE d, scalar_float_mode mode, unsigned int align,
2849 bool reverse)
2850 {
2851 long data[4] = {0, 0, 0, 0};
2852 int bitsize, nelts, nunits, units_per;
2853 rtx elt;
2854
2855 /* This is hairy. We have a quantity of known size. real_to_target
2856 will put it into an array of *host* longs, 32 bits per element
2857 (even if long is more than 32 bits). We need to determine the
2858 number of array elements that are occupied (nelts) and the number
2859 of *target* min-addressable units that will be occupied in the
2860 object file (nunits). We cannot assume that 32 divides the
2861 mode's bitsize (size * BITS_PER_UNIT) evenly.
2862
2863 size * BITS_PER_UNIT is used here to make sure that padding bits
2864 (which might appear at either end of the value; real_to_target
2865 will include the padding bits in its output array) are included. */
2866
2867 nunits = GET_MODE_SIZE (mode);
2868 bitsize = nunits * BITS_PER_UNIT;
2869 nelts = CEIL (bitsize, 32);
2870 units_per = 32 / BITS_PER_UNIT;
2871
2872 real_to_target (data, &d, mode);
2873
2874 /* Put out the first word with the specified alignment. */
2875 if (reverse)
2876 elt = flip_storage_order (SImode, gen_int_mode (data[nelts - 1], SImode));
2877 else
2878 elt = GEN_INT (data[0]);
2879 assemble_integer (elt, MIN (nunits, units_per), align, 1);
2880 nunits -= units_per;
2881
2882 /* Subsequent words need only 32-bit alignment. */
2883 align = min_align (align, 32);
2884
2885 for (int i = 1; i < nelts; i++)
2886 {
2887 if (reverse)
2888 elt = flip_storage_order (SImode,
2889 gen_int_mode (data[nelts - 1 - i], SImode));
2890 else
2891 elt = GEN_INT (data[i]);
2892 assemble_integer (elt, MIN (nunits, units_per), align, 1);
2893 nunits -= units_per;
2894 }
2895 }
2896 \f
2897 /* Given an expression EXP with a constant value,
2898 reduce it to the sum of an assembler symbol and an integer.
2899 Store them both in the structure *VALUE.
2900 EXP must be reducible. */
2901
2902 class addr_const {
2903 public:
2904 rtx base;
2905 poly_int64 offset;
2906 };
2907
2908 static void
2909 decode_addr_const (tree exp, class addr_const *value)
2910 {
2911 tree target = TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0);
2912 poly_int64 offset = 0;
2913 rtx x;
2914
2915 while (1)
2916 {
2917 poly_int64 bytepos;
2918 if (TREE_CODE (target) == COMPONENT_REF
2919 && poly_int_tree_p (byte_position (TREE_OPERAND (target, 1)),
2920 &bytepos))
2921 {
2922 offset += bytepos;
2923 target = TREE_OPERAND (target, 0);
2924 }
2925 else if (TREE_CODE (target) == ARRAY_REF
2926 || TREE_CODE (target) == ARRAY_RANGE_REF)
2927 {
2928 /* Truncate big offset. */
2929 offset
2930 += (TREE_INT_CST_LOW (TYPE_SIZE_UNIT (TREE_TYPE (target)))
2931 * wi::to_poly_widest (TREE_OPERAND (target, 1)).force_shwi ());
2932 target = TREE_OPERAND (target, 0);
2933 }
2934 else if (TREE_CODE (target) == MEM_REF
2935 && TREE_CODE (TREE_OPERAND (target, 0)) == ADDR_EXPR)
2936 {
2937 offset += mem_ref_offset (target).force_shwi ();
2938 target = TREE_OPERAND (TREE_OPERAND (target, 0), 0);
2939 }
2940 else if (TREE_CODE (target) == INDIRECT_REF
2941 && TREE_CODE (TREE_OPERAND (target, 0)) == NOP_EXPR
2942 && TREE_CODE (TREE_OPERAND (TREE_OPERAND (target, 0), 0))
2943 == ADDR_EXPR)
2944 target = TREE_OPERAND (TREE_OPERAND (TREE_OPERAND (target, 0), 0), 0);
2945 else
2946 break;
2947 }
2948
2949 switch (TREE_CODE (target))
2950 {
2951 case VAR_DECL:
2952 case FUNCTION_DECL:
2953 x = DECL_RTL (target);
2954 break;
2955
2956 case LABEL_DECL:
2957 x = gen_rtx_MEM (FUNCTION_MODE,
2958 gen_rtx_LABEL_REF (Pmode, force_label_rtx (target)));
2959 break;
2960
2961 case REAL_CST:
2962 case FIXED_CST:
2963 case STRING_CST:
2964 case COMPLEX_CST:
2965 case CONSTRUCTOR:
2966 case INTEGER_CST:
2967 x = lookup_constant_def (target);
2968 /* Should have been added by output_addressed_constants. */
2969 gcc_assert (x);
2970 break;
2971
2972 case INDIRECT_REF:
2973 /* This deals with absolute addresses. */
2974 offset += tree_to_shwi (TREE_OPERAND (target, 0));
2975 x = gen_rtx_MEM (QImode,
2976 gen_rtx_SYMBOL_REF (Pmode, "origin of addresses"));
2977 break;
2978
2979 case COMPOUND_LITERAL_EXPR:
2980 gcc_assert (COMPOUND_LITERAL_EXPR_DECL (target));
2981 x = DECL_RTL (COMPOUND_LITERAL_EXPR_DECL (target));
2982 break;
2983
2984 default:
2985 gcc_unreachable ();
2986 }
2987
2988 gcc_assert (MEM_P (x));
2989 x = XEXP (x, 0);
2990
2991 value->base = x;
2992 value->offset = offset;
2993 }
2994 \f
2995 static GTY(()) hash_table<tree_descriptor_hasher> *const_desc_htab;
2996
2997 static void maybe_output_constant_def_contents (struct constant_descriptor_tree *, int);
2998
2999 /* Constant pool accessor function. */
3000
3001 hash_table<tree_descriptor_hasher> *
3002 constant_pool_htab (void)
3003 {
3004 return const_desc_htab;
3005 }
3006
3007 /* Compute a hash code for a constant expression. */
3008
3009 hashval_t
3010 tree_descriptor_hasher::hash (constant_descriptor_tree *ptr)
3011 {
3012 return ptr->hash;
3013 }
3014
3015 static hashval_t
3016 const_hash_1 (const tree exp)
3017 {
3018 const char *p;
3019 hashval_t hi;
3020 int len, i;
3021 enum tree_code code = TREE_CODE (exp);
3022
3023 /* Either set P and LEN to the address and len of something to hash and
3024 exit the switch or return a value. */
3025
3026 switch (code)
3027 {
3028 case INTEGER_CST:
3029 p = (char *) &TREE_INT_CST_ELT (exp, 0);
3030 len = TREE_INT_CST_NUNITS (exp) * sizeof (HOST_WIDE_INT);
3031 break;
3032
3033 case REAL_CST:
3034 return real_hash (TREE_REAL_CST_PTR (exp));
3035
3036 case FIXED_CST:
3037 return fixed_hash (TREE_FIXED_CST_PTR (exp));
3038
3039 case STRING_CST:
3040 p = TREE_STRING_POINTER (exp);
3041 len = TREE_STRING_LENGTH (exp);
3042 break;
3043
3044 case COMPLEX_CST:
3045 return (const_hash_1 (TREE_REALPART (exp)) * 5
3046 + const_hash_1 (TREE_IMAGPART (exp)));
3047
3048 case VECTOR_CST:
3049 {
3050 hi = 7 + VECTOR_CST_NPATTERNS (exp);
3051 hi = hi * 563 + VECTOR_CST_NELTS_PER_PATTERN (exp);
3052 unsigned int count = vector_cst_encoded_nelts (exp);
3053 for (unsigned int i = 0; i < count; ++i)
3054 hi = hi * 563 + const_hash_1 (VECTOR_CST_ENCODED_ELT (exp, i));
3055 return hi;
3056 }
3057
3058 case CONSTRUCTOR:
3059 {
3060 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT idx;
3061 tree value;
3062
3063 hi = 5 + int_size_in_bytes (TREE_TYPE (exp));
3064
3065 FOR_EACH_CONSTRUCTOR_VALUE (CONSTRUCTOR_ELTS (exp), idx, value)
3066 if (value)
3067 hi = hi * 603 + const_hash_1 (value);
3068
3069 return hi;
3070 }
3071
3072 case ADDR_EXPR:
3073 if (CONSTANT_CLASS_P (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0)))
3074 return const_hash_1 (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0));
3075
3076 /* Fallthru. */
3077 case FDESC_EXPR:
3078 {
3079 class addr_const value;
3080
3081 decode_addr_const (exp, &value);
3082 switch (GET_CODE (value.base))
3083 {
3084 case SYMBOL_REF:
3085 /* Don't hash the address of the SYMBOL_REF;
3086 only use the offset and the symbol name. */
3087 hi = value.offset.coeffs[0];
3088 p = XSTR (value.base, 0);
3089 for (i = 0; p[i] != 0; i++)
3090 hi = ((hi * 613) + (unsigned) (p[i]));
3091 break;
3092
3093 case LABEL_REF:
3094 hi = (value.offset.coeffs[0]
3095 + CODE_LABEL_NUMBER (label_ref_label (value.base)) * 13);
3096 break;
3097
3098 default:
3099 gcc_unreachable ();
3100 }
3101 }
3102 return hi;
3103
3104 case PLUS_EXPR:
3105 case POINTER_PLUS_EXPR:
3106 case MINUS_EXPR:
3107 return (const_hash_1 (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0)) * 9
3108 + const_hash_1 (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 1)));
3109
3110 CASE_CONVERT:
3111 return const_hash_1 (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0)) * 7 + 2;
3112
3113 default:
3114 /* A language specific constant. Just hash the code. */
3115 return code;
3116 }
3117
3118 /* Compute hashing function. */
3119 hi = len;
3120 for (i = 0; i < len; i++)
3121 hi = ((hi * 613) + (unsigned) (p[i]));
3122
3123 return hi;
3124 }
3125
3126 /* Wrapper of compare_constant, for the htab interface. */
3127 bool
3128 tree_descriptor_hasher::equal (constant_descriptor_tree *c1,
3129 constant_descriptor_tree *c2)
3130 {
3131 if (c1->hash != c2->hash)
3132 return 0;
3133 return compare_constant (c1->value, c2->value);
3134 }
3135
3136 /* Compare t1 and t2, and return 1 only if they are known to result in
3137 the same bit pattern on output. */
3138
3139 static int
3140 compare_constant (const tree t1, const tree t2)
3141 {
3142 enum tree_code typecode;
3143
3144 if (t1 == NULL_TREE)
3145 return t2 == NULL_TREE;
3146 if (t2 == NULL_TREE)
3147 return 0;
3148
3149 if (TREE_CODE (t1) != TREE_CODE (t2))
3150 return 0;
3151
3152 switch (TREE_CODE (t1))
3153 {
3154 case INTEGER_CST:
3155 /* Integer constants are the same only if the same width of type. */
3156 if (TYPE_PRECISION (TREE_TYPE (t1)) != TYPE_PRECISION (TREE_TYPE (t2)))
3157 return 0;
3158 if (TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (t1)) != TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (t2)))
3159 return 0;
3160 return tree_int_cst_equal (t1, t2);
3161
3162 case REAL_CST:
3163 /* Real constants are the same only if the same width of type. In
3164 addition to the same width, we need to check whether the modes are the
3165 same. There might be two floating point modes that are the same size
3166 but have different representations, such as the PowerPC that has 2
3167 different 128-bit floating point types (IBM extended double and IEEE
3168 128-bit floating point). */
3169 if (TYPE_PRECISION (TREE_TYPE (t1)) != TYPE_PRECISION (TREE_TYPE (t2)))
3170 return 0;
3171 if (TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (t1)) != TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (t2)))
3172 return 0;
3173 return real_identical (&TREE_REAL_CST (t1), &TREE_REAL_CST (t2));
3174
3175 case FIXED_CST:
3176 /* Fixed constants are the same only if the same width of type. */
3177 if (TYPE_PRECISION (TREE_TYPE (t1)) != TYPE_PRECISION (TREE_TYPE (t2)))
3178 return 0;
3179
3180 return FIXED_VALUES_IDENTICAL (TREE_FIXED_CST (t1), TREE_FIXED_CST (t2));
3181
3182 case STRING_CST:
3183 if (TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (t1)) != TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (t2))
3184 || int_size_in_bytes (TREE_TYPE (t1))
3185 != int_size_in_bytes (TREE_TYPE (t2)))
3186 return 0;
3187
3188 return (TREE_STRING_LENGTH (t1) == TREE_STRING_LENGTH (t2)
3189 && ! memcmp (TREE_STRING_POINTER (t1), TREE_STRING_POINTER (t2),
3190 TREE_STRING_LENGTH (t1)));
3191
3192 case COMPLEX_CST:
3193 return (compare_constant (TREE_REALPART (t1), TREE_REALPART (t2))
3194 && compare_constant (TREE_IMAGPART (t1), TREE_IMAGPART (t2)));
3195
3196 case VECTOR_CST:
3197 {
3198 if (VECTOR_CST_NPATTERNS (t1)
3199 != VECTOR_CST_NPATTERNS (t2))
3200 return 0;
3201
3202 if (VECTOR_CST_NELTS_PER_PATTERN (t1)
3203 != VECTOR_CST_NELTS_PER_PATTERN (t2))
3204 return 0;
3205
3206 unsigned int count = vector_cst_encoded_nelts (t1);
3207 for (unsigned int i = 0; i < count; ++i)
3208 if (!compare_constant (VECTOR_CST_ENCODED_ELT (t1, i),
3209 VECTOR_CST_ENCODED_ELT (t2, i)))
3210 return 0;
3211
3212 return 1;
3213 }
3214
3215 case CONSTRUCTOR:
3216 {
3217 vec<constructor_elt, va_gc> *v1, *v2;
3218 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT idx;
3219
3220 typecode = TREE_CODE (TREE_TYPE (t1));
3221 if (typecode != TREE_CODE (TREE_TYPE (t2)))
3222 return 0;
3223
3224 if (typecode == ARRAY_TYPE)
3225 {
3226 HOST_WIDE_INT size_1 = int_size_in_bytes (TREE_TYPE (t1));
3227 /* For arrays, check that mode, size and storage order match. */
3228 if (TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (t1)) != TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (t2))
3229 || size_1 == -1
3230 || size_1 != int_size_in_bytes (TREE_TYPE (t2))
3231 || TYPE_REVERSE_STORAGE_ORDER (TREE_TYPE (t1))
3232 != TYPE_REVERSE_STORAGE_ORDER (TREE_TYPE (t2)))
3233 return 0;
3234 }
3235 else
3236 {
3237 /* For record and union constructors, require exact type
3238 equality. */
3239 if (TREE_TYPE (t1) != TREE_TYPE (t2))
3240 return 0;
3241 }
3242
3243 v1 = CONSTRUCTOR_ELTS (t1);
3244 v2 = CONSTRUCTOR_ELTS (t2);
3245 if (vec_safe_length (v1) != vec_safe_length (v2))
3246 return 0;
3247
3248 for (idx = 0; idx < vec_safe_length (v1); ++idx)
3249 {
3250 constructor_elt *c1 = &(*v1)[idx];
3251 constructor_elt *c2 = &(*v2)[idx];
3252
3253 /* Check that each value is the same... */
3254 if (!compare_constant (c1->value, c2->value))
3255 return 0;
3256 /* ... and that they apply to the same fields! */
3257 if (typecode == ARRAY_TYPE)
3258 {
3259 if (!compare_constant (c1->index, c2->index))
3260 return 0;
3261 }
3262 else
3263 {
3264 if (c1->index != c2->index)
3265 return 0;
3266 }
3267 }
3268
3269 return 1;
3270 }
3271
3272 case ADDR_EXPR:
3273 case FDESC_EXPR:
3274 {
3275 class addr_const value1, value2;
3276 enum rtx_code code;
3277 int ret;
3278
3279 decode_addr_const (t1, &value1);
3280 decode_addr_const (t2, &value2);
3281
3282 if (maybe_ne (value1.offset, value2.offset))
3283 return 0;
3284
3285 code = GET_CODE (value1.base);
3286 if (code != GET_CODE (value2.base))
3287 return 0;
3288
3289 switch (code)
3290 {
3291 case SYMBOL_REF:
3292 ret = (strcmp (XSTR (value1.base, 0), XSTR (value2.base, 0)) == 0);
3293 break;
3294
3295 case LABEL_REF:
3296 ret = (CODE_LABEL_NUMBER (label_ref_label (value1.base))
3297 == CODE_LABEL_NUMBER (label_ref_label (value2.base)));
3298 break;
3299
3300 default:
3301 gcc_unreachable ();
3302 }
3303 return ret;
3304 }
3305
3306 case PLUS_EXPR:
3307 case POINTER_PLUS_EXPR:
3308 case MINUS_EXPR:
3309 case RANGE_EXPR:
3310 return (compare_constant (TREE_OPERAND (t1, 0), TREE_OPERAND (t2, 0))
3311 && compare_constant (TREE_OPERAND (t1, 1), TREE_OPERAND (t2, 1)));
3312
3313 CASE_CONVERT:
3314 case VIEW_CONVERT_EXPR:
3315 return compare_constant (TREE_OPERAND (t1, 0), TREE_OPERAND (t2, 0));
3316
3317 default:
3318 return 0;
3319 }
3320
3321 gcc_unreachable ();
3322 }
3323 \f
3324 /* Return the section into which constant EXP should be placed. */
3325
3326 static section *
3327 get_constant_section (tree exp, unsigned int align)
3328 {
3329 return targetm.asm_out.select_section (exp,
3330 compute_reloc_for_constant (exp),
3331 align);
3332 }
3333
3334 /* Return the size of constant EXP in bytes. */
3335
3336 static HOST_WIDE_INT
3337 get_constant_size (tree exp)
3338 {
3339 HOST_WIDE_INT size;
3340
3341 size = int_size_in_bytes (TREE_TYPE (exp));
3342 gcc_checking_assert (size >= 0);
3343 gcc_checking_assert (TREE_CODE (exp) != STRING_CST
3344 || size >= TREE_STRING_LENGTH (exp));
3345 return size;
3346 }
3347
3348 /* Subroutine of output_constant_def:
3349 No constant equal to EXP is known to have been output.
3350 Make a constant descriptor to enter EXP in the hash table.
3351 Assign the label number and construct RTL to refer to the
3352 constant's location in memory.
3353 Caller is responsible for updating the hash table. */
3354
3355 static struct constant_descriptor_tree *
3356 build_constant_desc (tree exp)
3357 {
3358 struct constant_descriptor_tree *desc;
3359 rtx symbol, rtl;
3360 char label[256];
3361 int labelno;
3362 tree decl;
3363
3364 desc = ggc_alloc<constant_descriptor_tree> ();
3365 desc->value = exp;
3366
3367 /* Create a string containing the label name, in LABEL. */
3368 labelno = const_labelno++;
3369 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (label, "LC", labelno);
3370
3371 /* Construct the VAR_DECL associated with the constant. */
3372 decl = build_decl (UNKNOWN_LOCATION, VAR_DECL, get_identifier (label),
3373 TREE_TYPE (exp));
3374 DECL_ARTIFICIAL (decl) = 1;
3375 DECL_IGNORED_P (decl) = 1;
3376 TREE_READONLY (decl) = 1;
3377 TREE_STATIC (decl) = 1;
3378 TREE_ADDRESSABLE (decl) = 1;
3379 /* We don't set the RTL yet as this would cause varpool to assume that the
3380 variable is referenced. Moreover, it would just be dropped in LTO mode.
3381 Instead we set the flag that will be recognized in make_decl_rtl. */
3382 DECL_IN_CONSTANT_POOL (decl) = 1;
3383 DECL_INITIAL (decl) = desc->value;
3384 /* ??? targetm.constant_alignment hasn't been updated for vector types on
3385 most architectures so use DATA_ALIGNMENT as well, except for strings. */
3386 if (TREE_CODE (exp) == STRING_CST)
3387 SET_DECL_ALIGN (decl, targetm.constant_alignment (exp, DECL_ALIGN (decl)));
3388 else
3389 align_variable (decl, 0);
3390
3391 /* Now construct the SYMBOL_REF and the MEM. */
3392 if (use_object_blocks_p ())
3393 {
3394 int align = (TREE_CODE (decl) == CONST_DECL
3395 || (VAR_P (decl) && DECL_IN_CONSTANT_POOL (decl))
3396 ? DECL_ALIGN (decl)
3397 : symtab_node::get (decl)->definition_alignment ());
3398 section *sect = get_constant_section (exp, align);
3399 symbol = create_block_symbol (ggc_strdup (label),
3400 get_block_for_section (sect), -1);
3401 }
3402 else
3403 symbol = gen_rtx_SYMBOL_REF (Pmode, ggc_strdup (label));
3404 SYMBOL_REF_FLAGS (symbol) |= SYMBOL_FLAG_LOCAL;
3405 SET_SYMBOL_REF_DECL (symbol, decl);
3406 TREE_CONSTANT_POOL_ADDRESS_P (symbol) = 1;
3407
3408 rtl = gen_const_mem (TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (exp)), symbol);
3409 set_mem_attributes (rtl, exp, 1);
3410 set_mem_alias_set (rtl, 0);
3411
3412 /* Putting EXP into the literal pool might have imposed a different
3413 alignment which should be visible in the RTX as well. */
3414 set_mem_align (rtl, DECL_ALIGN (decl));
3415
3416 /* We cannot share RTX'es in pool entries.
3417 Mark this piece of RTL as required for unsharing. */
3418 RTX_FLAG (rtl, used) = 1;
3419
3420 /* Set flags or add text to the name to record information, such as
3421 that it is a local symbol. If the name is changed, the macro
3422 ASM_OUTPUT_LABELREF will have to know how to strip this
3423 information. This call might invalidate our local variable
3424 SYMBOL; we can't use it afterward. */
3425 targetm.encode_section_info (exp, rtl, true);
3426
3427 desc->rtl = rtl;
3428
3429 return desc;
3430 }
3431
3432 /* Subroutine of output_constant_def and tree_output_constant_def:
3433 Add a constant to the hash table that tracks which constants
3434 already have labels. */
3435
3436 static constant_descriptor_tree *
3437 add_constant_to_table (tree exp)
3438 {
3439 /* The hash table methods may call output_constant_def for addressed
3440 constants, so handle them first. */
3441 output_addressed_constants (exp);
3442
3443 /* Sanity check to catch recursive insertion. */
3444 static bool inserting;
3445 gcc_assert (!inserting);
3446 inserting = true;
3447
3448 /* Look up EXP in the table of constant descriptors. If we didn't
3449 find it, create a new one. */
3450 struct constant_descriptor_tree key;
3451 key.value = exp;
3452 key.hash = const_hash_1 (exp);
3453 constant_descriptor_tree **loc
3454 = const_desc_htab->find_slot_with_hash (&key, key.hash, INSERT);
3455
3456 inserting = false;
3457
3458 struct constant_descriptor_tree *desc = *loc;
3459 if (!desc)
3460 {
3461 desc = build_constant_desc (exp);
3462 desc->hash = key.hash;
3463 *loc = desc;
3464 }
3465
3466 return desc;
3467 }
3468
3469 /* Return an rtx representing a reference to constant data in memory
3470 for the constant expression EXP.
3471
3472 If assembler code for such a constant has already been output,
3473 return an rtx to refer to it.
3474 Otherwise, output such a constant in memory
3475 and generate an rtx for it.
3476
3477 If DEFER is nonzero, this constant can be deferred and output only
3478 if referenced in the function after all optimizations.
3479
3480 `const_desc_table' records which constants already have label strings. */
3481
3482 rtx
3483 output_constant_def (tree exp, int defer)
3484 {
3485 struct constant_descriptor_tree *desc = add_constant_to_table (exp);
3486 maybe_output_constant_def_contents (desc, defer);
3487 return desc->rtl;
3488 }
3489
3490 /* Subroutine of output_constant_def: Decide whether or not we need to
3491 output the constant DESC now, and if so, do it. */
3492 static void
3493 maybe_output_constant_def_contents (struct constant_descriptor_tree *desc,
3494 int defer)
3495 {
3496 rtx symbol = XEXP (desc->rtl, 0);
3497 tree exp = desc->value;
3498
3499 if (flag_syntax_only)
3500 return;
3501
3502 if (TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (exp))
3503 /* Already output; don't do it again. */
3504 return;
3505
3506 /* We can always defer constants as long as the context allows
3507 doing so. */
3508 if (defer)
3509 {
3510 /* Increment n_deferred_constants if it exists. It needs to be at
3511 least as large as the number of constants actually referred to
3512 by the function. If it's too small we'll stop looking too early
3513 and fail to emit constants; if it's too large we'll only look
3514 through the entire function when we could have stopped earlier. */
3515 if (cfun)
3516 n_deferred_constants++;
3517 return;
3518 }
3519
3520 output_constant_def_contents (symbol);
3521 }
3522
3523 /* Subroutine of output_constant_def_contents. Output the definition
3524 of constant EXP, which is pointed to by label LABEL. ALIGN is the
3525 constant's alignment in bits. */
3526
3527 static void
3528 assemble_constant_contents (tree exp, const char *label, unsigned int align,
3529 bool merge_strings)
3530 {
3531 HOST_WIDE_INT size;
3532
3533 size = get_constant_size (exp);
3534
3535 /* Do any machine/system dependent processing of the constant. */
3536 targetm.asm_out.declare_constant_name (asm_out_file, label, exp, size);
3537
3538 /* Output the value of EXP. */
3539 output_constant (exp, size, align, false, merge_strings);
3540
3541 targetm.asm_out.decl_end ();
3542 }
3543
3544 /* We must output the constant data referred to by SYMBOL; do so. */
3545
3546 static void
3547 output_constant_def_contents (rtx symbol)
3548 {
3549 tree decl = SYMBOL_REF_DECL (symbol);
3550 tree exp = DECL_INITIAL (decl);
3551 bool asan_protected = false;
3552
3553 /* Make sure any other constants whose addresses appear in EXP
3554 are assigned label numbers. */
3555 output_addressed_constants (exp);
3556
3557 /* We are no longer deferring this constant. */
3558 TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (decl) = TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (exp) = 1;
3559
3560 if ((flag_sanitize & SANITIZE_ADDRESS)
3561 && TREE_CODE (exp) == STRING_CST
3562 && asan_protect_global (exp))
3563 {
3564 asan_protected = true;
3565 SET_DECL_ALIGN (decl, MAX (DECL_ALIGN (decl),
3566 ASAN_RED_ZONE_SIZE * BITS_PER_UNIT));
3567 }
3568
3569 /* If the constant is part of an object block, make sure that the
3570 decl has been positioned within its block, but do not write out
3571 its definition yet. output_object_blocks will do that later. */
3572 if (SYMBOL_REF_HAS_BLOCK_INFO_P (symbol) && SYMBOL_REF_BLOCK (symbol))
3573 place_block_symbol (symbol);
3574 else
3575 {
3576 int align = (TREE_CODE (decl) == CONST_DECL
3577 || (VAR_P (decl) && DECL_IN_CONSTANT_POOL (decl))
3578 ? DECL_ALIGN (decl)
3579 : symtab_node::get (decl)->definition_alignment ());
3580 section *sect = get_constant_section (exp, align);
3581 switch_to_section (sect);
3582 if (align > BITS_PER_UNIT)
3583 ASM_OUTPUT_ALIGN (asm_out_file, floor_log2 (align / BITS_PER_UNIT));
3584 assemble_constant_contents (exp, XSTR (symbol, 0), align,
3585 (sect->common.flags & SECTION_MERGE)
3586 && (sect->common.flags & SECTION_STRINGS));
3587 if (asan_protected)
3588 {
3589 HOST_WIDE_INT size = get_constant_size (exp);
3590 assemble_zeros (asan_red_zone_size (size));
3591 }
3592 }
3593 }
3594
3595 /* Look up EXP in the table of constant descriptors. Return the rtl
3596 if it has been emitted, else null. */
3597
3598 rtx
3599 lookup_constant_def (tree exp)
3600 {
3601 struct constant_descriptor_tree key;
3602
3603 key.value = exp;
3604 key.hash = const_hash_1 (exp);
3605 constant_descriptor_tree *desc
3606 = const_desc_htab->find_with_hash (&key, key.hash);
3607
3608 return (desc ? desc->rtl : NULL_RTX);
3609 }
3610
3611 /* Return a tree representing a reference to constant data in memory
3612 for the constant expression EXP.
3613
3614 This is the counterpart of output_constant_def at the Tree level. */
3615
3616 tree
3617 tree_output_constant_def (tree exp)
3618 {
3619 struct constant_descriptor_tree *desc = add_constant_to_table (exp);
3620 tree decl = SYMBOL_REF_DECL (XEXP (desc->rtl, 0));
3621 varpool_node::finalize_decl (decl);
3622 return decl;
3623 }
3624 \f
3625 class GTY((chain_next ("%h.next"), for_user)) constant_descriptor_rtx {
3626 public:
3627 class constant_descriptor_rtx *next;
3628 rtx mem;
3629 rtx sym;
3630 rtx constant;
3631 HOST_WIDE_INT offset;
3632 hashval_t hash;
3633 fixed_size_mode mode;
3634 unsigned int align;
3635 int labelno;
3636 int mark;
3637 };
3638
3639 struct const_rtx_desc_hasher : ggc_ptr_hash<constant_descriptor_rtx>
3640 {
3641 static hashval_t hash (constant_descriptor_rtx *);
3642 static bool equal (constant_descriptor_rtx *, constant_descriptor_rtx *);
3643 };
3644
3645 /* Used in the hash tables to avoid outputting the same constant
3646 twice. Unlike 'struct constant_descriptor_tree', RTX constants
3647 are output once per function, not once per file. */
3648 /* ??? Only a few targets need per-function constant pools. Most
3649 can use one per-file pool. Should add a targetm bit to tell the
3650 difference. */
3651
3652 struct GTY(()) rtx_constant_pool {
3653 /* Pointers to first and last constant in pool, as ordered by offset. */
3654 class constant_descriptor_rtx *first;
3655 class constant_descriptor_rtx *last;
3656
3657 /* Hash facility for making memory-constants from constant rtl-expressions.
3658 It is used on RISC machines where immediate integer arguments and
3659 constant addresses are restricted so that such constants must be stored
3660 in memory. */
3661 hash_table<const_rtx_desc_hasher> *const_rtx_htab;
3662
3663 /* Current offset in constant pool (does not include any
3664 machine-specific header). */
3665 HOST_WIDE_INT offset;
3666 };
3667
3668 /* Hash and compare functions for const_rtx_htab. */
3669
3670 hashval_t
3671 const_rtx_desc_hasher::hash (constant_descriptor_rtx *desc)
3672 {
3673 return desc->hash;
3674 }
3675
3676 bool
3677 const_rtx_desc_hasher::equal (constant_descriptor_rtx *x,
3678 constant_descriptor_rtx *y)
3679 {
3680 if (x->mode != y->mode)
3681 return 0;
3682 return rtx_equal_p (x->constant, y->constant);
3683 }
3684
3685 /* Hash one component of a constant. */
3686
3687 static hashval_t
3688 const_rtx_hash_1 (const_rtx x)
3689 {
3690 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT hwi;
3691 machine_mode mode;
3692 enum rtx_code code;
3693 hashval_t h;
3694 int i;
3695
3696 code = GET_CODE (x);
3697 mode = GET_MODE (x);
3698 h = (hashval_t) code * 1048573 + mode;
3699
3700 switch (code)
3701 {
3702 case CONST_INT:
3703 hwi = INTVAL (x);
3704
3705 fold_hwi:
3706 {
3707 int shift = sizeof (hashval_t) * CHAR_BIT;
3708 const int n = sizeof (HOST_WIDE_INT) / sizeof (hashval_t);
3709
3710 h ^= (hashval_t) hwi;
3711 for (i = 1; i < n; ++i)
3712 {
3713 hwi >>= shift;
3714 h ^= (hashval_t) hwi;
3715 }
3716 }
3717 break;
3718
3719 case CONST_WIDE_INT:
3720 hwi = 0;
3721 {
3722 for (i = 0; i < CONST_WIDE_INT_NUNITS (x); i++)
3723 hwi ^= CONST_WIDE_INT_ELT (x, i);
3724 goto fold_hwi;
3725 }
3726
3727 case CONST_DOUBLE:
3728 if (TARGET_SUPPORTS_WIDE_INT == 0 && mode == VOIDmode)
3729 {
3730 hwi = CONST_DOUBLE_LOW (x) ^ CONST_DOUBLE_HIGH (x);
3731 goto fold_hwi;
3732 }
3733 else
3734 h ^= real_hash (CONST_DOUBLE_REAL_VALUE (x));
3735 break;
3736
3737 case CONST_FIXED:
3738 h ^= fixed_hash (CONST_FIXED_VALUE (x));
3739 break;
3740
3741 case SYMBOL_REF:
3742 h ^= htab_hash_string (XSTR (x, 0));
3743 break;
3744
3745 case LABEL_REF:
3746 h = h * 251 + CODE_LABEL_NUMBER (label_ref_label (x));
3747 break;
3748
3749 case UNSPEC:
3750 case UNSPEC_VOLATILE:
3751 h = h * 251 + XINT (x, 1);
3752 break;
3753
3754 default:
3755 break;
3756 }
3757
3758 return h;
3759 }
3760
3761 /* Compute a hash value for X, which should be a constant. */
3762
3763 static hashval_t
3764 const_rtx_hash (rtx x)
3765 {
3766 hashval_t h = 0;
3767 subrtx_iterator::array_type array;
3768 FOR_EACH_SUBRTX (iter, array, x, ALL)
3769 h = h * 509 + const_rtx_hash_1 (*iter);
3770 return h;
3771 }
3772
3773 \f
3774 /* Create and return a new rtx constant pool. */
3775
3776 static struct rtx_constant_pool *
3777 create_constant_pool (void)
3778 {
3779 struct rtx_constant_pool *pool;
3780
3781 pool = ggc_alloc<rtx_constant_pool> ();
3782 pool->const_rtx_htab = hash_table<const_rtx_desc_hasher>::create_ggc (31);
3783 pool->first = NULL;
3784 pool->last = NULL;
3785 pool->offset = 0;
3786 return pool;
3787 }
3788
3789 /* Initialize constant pool hashing for a new function. */
3790
3791 void
3792 init_varasm_status (void)
3793 {
3794 crtl->varasm.pool = create_constant_pool ();
3795 crtl->varasm.deferred_constants = 0;
3796 }
3797 \f
3798 /* Given a MINUS expression, simplify it if both sides
3799 include the same symbol. */
3800
3801 rtx
3802 simplify_subtraction (rtx x)
3803 {
3804 rtx r = simplify_rtx (x);
3805 return r ? r : x;
3806 }
3807 \f
3808 /* Given a constant rtx X, make (or find) a memory constant for its value
3809 and return a MEM rtx to refer to it in memory. IN_MODE is the mode
3810 of X. */
3811
3812 rtx
3813 force_const_mem (machine_mode in_mode, rtx x)
3814 {
3815 class constant_descriptor_rtx *desc, tmp;
3816 struct rtx_constant_pool *pool;
3817 char label[256];
3818 rtx def, symbol;
3819 hashval_t hash;
3820 unsigned int align;
3821 constant_descriptor_rtx **slot;
3822 fixed_size_mode mode;
3823
3824 /* We can't force variable-sized objects to memory. */
3825 if (!is_a <fixed_size_mode> (in_mode, &mode))
3826 return NULL_RTX;
3827
3828 /* If we're not allowed to drop X into the constant pool, don't. */
3829 if (targetm.cannot_force_const_mem (mode, x))
3830 return NULL_RTX;
3831
3832 /* Record that this function has used a constant pool entry. */
3833 crtl->uses_const_pool = 1;
3834
3835 /* Decide which pool to use. */
3836 pool = (targetm.use_blocks_for_constant_p (mode, x)
3837 ? shared_constant_pool
3838 : crtl->varasm.pool);
3839
3840 /* Lookup the value in the hashtable. */
3841 tmp.constant = x;
3842 tmp.mode = mode;
3843 hash = const_rtx_hash (x);
3844 slot = pool->const_rtx_htab->find_slot_with_hash (&tmp, hash, INSERT);
3845 desc = *slot;
3846
3847 /* If the constant was already present, return its memory. */
3848 if (desc)
3849 return copy_rtx (desc->mem);
3850
3851 /* Otherwise, create a new descriptor. */
3852 desc = ggc_alloc<constant_descriptor_rtx> ();
3853 *slot = desc;
3854
3855 /* Align the location counter as required by EXP's data type. */
3856 machine_mode align_mode = (mode == VOIDmode ? word_mode : mode);
3857 align = targetm.static_rtx_alignment (align_mode);
3858
3859 pool->offset += (align / BITS_PER_UNIT) - 1;
3860 pool->offset &= ~ ((align / BITS_PER_UNIT) - 1);
3861
3862 desc->next = NULL;
3863 desc->constant = copy_rtx (tmp.constant);
3864 desc->offset = pool->offset;
3865 desc->hash = hash;
3866 desc->mode = mode;
3867 desc->align = align;
3868 desc->labelno = const_labelno;
3869 desc->mark = 0;
3870
3871 pool->offset += GET_MODE_SIZE (mode);
3872 if (pool->last)
3873 pool->last->next = desc;
3874 else
3875 pool->first = pool->last = desc;
3876 pool->last = desc;
3877
3878 /* Create a string containing the label name, in LABEL. */
3879 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (label, "LC", const_labelno);
3880 ++const_labelno;
3881
3882 /* Construct the SYMBOL_REF. Make sure to mark it as belonging to
3883 the constants pool. */
3884 if (use_object_blocks_p () && targetm.use_blocks_for_constant_p (mode, x))
3885 {
3886 section *sect = targetm.asm_out.select_rtx_section (mode, x, align);
3887 symbol = create_block_symbol (ggc_strdup (label),
3888 get_block_for_section (sect), -1);
3889 }
3890 else
3891 symbol = gen_rtx_SYMBOL_REF (Pmode, ggc_strdup (label));
3892 desc->sym = symbol;
3893 SYMBOL_REF_FLAGS (symbol) |= SYMBOL_FLAG_LOCAL;
3894 CONSTANT_POOL_ADDRESS_P (symbol) = 1;
3895 SET_SYMBOL_REF_CONSTANT (symbol, desc);
3896
3897 /* Construct the MEM. */
3898 desc->mem = def = gen_const_mem (mode, symbol);
3899 set_mem_align (def, align);
3900
3901 /* If we're dropping a label to the constant pool, make sure we
3902 don't delete it. */
3903 if (GET_CODE (x) == LABEL_REF)
3904 LABEL_PRESERVE_P (XEXP (x, 0)) = 1;
3905
3906 return copy_rtx (def);
3907 }
3908 \f
3909 /* Given a constant pool SYMBOL_REF, return the corresponding constant. */
3910
3911 rtx
3912 get_pool_constant (const_rtx addr)
3913 {
3914 return SYMBOL_REF_CONSTANT (addr)->constant;
3915 }
3916
3917 /* Given a constant pool SYMBOL_REF, return the corresponding constant
3918 and whether it has been output or not. */
3919
3920 rtx
3921 get_pool_constant_mark (rtx addr, bool *pmarked)
3922 {
3923 class constant_descriptor_rtx *desc;
3924
3925 desc = SYMBOL_REF_CONSTANT (addr);
3926 *pmarked = (desc->mark != 0);
3927 return desc->constant;
3928 }
3929
3930 /* Similar, return the mode. */
3931
3932 fixed_size_mode
3933 get_pool_mode (const_rtx addr)
3934 {
3935 return SYMBOL_REF_CONSTANT (addr)->mode;
3936 }
3937
3938 /* Return TRUE if and only if the constant pool has no entries. Note
3939 that even entries we might end up choosing not to emit are counted
3940 here, so there is the potential for missed optimizations. */
3941
3942 bool
3943 constant_pool_empty_p (void)
3944 {
3945 return crtl->varasm.pool->first == NULL;
3946 }
3947 \f
3948 /* Worker function for output_constant_pool_1. Emit assembly for X
3949 in MODE with known alignment ALIGN. */
3950
3951 static void
3952 output_constant_pool_2 (fixed_size_mode mode, rtx x, unsigned int align)
3953 {
3954 switch (GET_MODE_CLASS (mode))
3955 {
3956 case MODE_FLOAT:
3957 case MODE_DECIMAL_FLOAT:
3958 {
3959 gcc_assert (CONST_DOUBLE_AS_FLOAT_P (x));
3960 assemble_real (*CONST_DOUBLE_REAL_VALUE (x),
3961 as_a <scalar_float_mode> (mode), align, false);
3962 break;
3963 }
3964
3965 case MODE_INT:
3966 case MODE_PARTIAL_INT:
3967 case MODE_FRACT:
3968 case MODE_UFRACT:
3969 case MODE_ACCUM:
3970 case MODE_UACCUM:
3971 assemble_integer (x, GET_MODE_SIZE (mode), align, 1);
3972 break;
3973
3974 case MODE_VECTOR_BOOL:
3975 {
3976 gcc_assert (GET_CODE (x) == CONST_VECTOR);
3977
3978 /* Pick the smallest integer mode that contains at least one
3979 whole element. Often this is byte_mode and contains more
3980 than one element. */
3981 unsigned int nelts = GET_MODE_NUNITS (mode);
3982 unsigned int elt_bits = GET_MODE_BITSIZE (mode) / nelts;
3983 unsigned int int_bits = MAX (elt_bits, BITS_PER_UNIT);
3984 scalar_int_mode int_mode = int_mode_for_size (int_bits, 0).require ();
3985
3986 /* Build the constant up one integer at a time. */
3987 unsigned int elts_per_int = int_bits / elt_bits;
3988 for (unsigned int i = 0; i < nelts; i += elts_per_int)
3989 {
3990 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT value = 0;
3991 unsigned int limit = MIN (nelts - i, elts_per_int);
3992 for (unsigned int j = 0; j < limit; ++j)
3993 if (INTVAL (CONST_VECTOR_ELT (x, i + j)) != 0)
3994 value |= 1 << (j * elt_bits);
3995 output_constant_pool_2 (int_mode, gen_int_mode (value, int_mode),
3996 i != 0 ? MIN (align, int_bits) : align);
3997 }
3998 break;
3999 }
4000 case MODE_VECTOR_FLOAT:
4001 case MODE_VECTOR_INT:
4002 case MODE_VECTOR_FRACT:
4003 case MODE_VECTOR_UFRACT:
4004 case MODE_VECTOR_ACCUM:
4005 case MODE_VECTOR_UACCUM:
4006 {
4007 int i, units;
4008 scalar_mode submode = GET_MODE_INNER (mode);
4009 unsigned int subalign = MIN (align, GET_MODE_BITSIZE (submode));
4010
4011 gcc_assert (GET_CODE (x) == CONST_VECTOR);
4012 units = GET_MODE_NUNITS (mode);
4013
4014 for (i = 0; i < units; i++)
4015 {
4016 rtx elt = CONST_VECTOR_ELT (x, i);
4017 output_constant_pool_2 (submode, elt, i ? subalign : align);
4018 }
4019 }
4020 break;
4021
4022 default:
4023 gcc_unreachable ();
4024 }
4025 }
4026
4027 /* Worker function for output_constant_pool. Emit constant DESC,
4028 giving it ALIGN bits of alignment. */
4029
4030 static void
4031 output_constant_pool_1 (class constant_descriptor_rtx *desc,
4032 unsigned int align)
4033 {
4034 rtx x, tmp;
4035
4036 x = desc->constant;
4037
4038 /* See if X is a LABEL_REF (or a CONST referring to a LABEL_REF)
4039 whose CODE_LABEL has been deleted. This can occur if a jump table
4040 is eliminated by optimization. If so, write a constant of zero
4041 instead. Note that this can also happen by turning the
4042 CODE_LABEL into a NOTE. */
4043 /* ??? This seems completely and utterly wrong. Certainly it's
4044 not true for NOTE_INSN_DELETED_LABEL, but I disbelieve proper
4045 functioning even with rtx_insn::deleted and friends. */
4046
4047 tmp = x;
4048 switch (GET_CODE (tmp))
4049 {
4050 case CONST:
4051 if (GET_CODE (XEXP (tmp, 0)) != PLUS
4052 || GET_CODE (XEXP (XEXP (tmp, 0), 0)) != LABEL_REF)
4053 break;
4054 tmp = XEXP (XEXP (tmp, 0), 0);
4055 /* FALLTHRU */
4056
4057 case LABEL_REF:
4058 {
4059 rtx_insn *insn = label_ref_label (tmp);
4060 gcc_assert (!insn->deleted ());
4061 gcc_assert (!NOTE_P (insn)
4062 || NOTE_KIND (insn) != NOTE_INSN_DELETED);
4063 break;
4064 }
4065
4066 default:
4067 break;
4068 }
4069
4070 #ifdef ASM_OUTPUT_SPECIAL_POOL_ENTRY
4071 ASM_OUTPUT_SPECIAL_POOL_ENTRY (asm_out_file, x, desc->mode,
4072 align, desc->labelno, done);
4073 #endif
4074
4075 assemble_align (align);
4076
4077 /* Output the label. */
4078 targetm.asm_out.internal_label (asm_out_file, "LC", desc->labelno);
4079
4080 /* Output the data.
4081 Pass actual alignment value while emitting string constant to asm code
4082 as function 'output_constant_pool_1' explicitly passes the alignment as 1
4083 assuming that the data is already aligned which prevents the generation
4084 of fix-up table entries. */
4085 output_constant_pool_2 (desc->mode, x, desc->align);
4086
4087 /* Make sure all constants in SECTION_MERGE and not SECTION_STRINGS
4088 sections have proper size. */
4089 if (align > GET_MODE_BITSIZE (desc->mode)
4090 && in_section
4091 && (in_section->common.flags & SECTION_MERGE))
4092 assemble_align (align);
4093
4094 #ifdef ASM_OUTPUT_SPECIAL_POOL_ENTRY
4095 done:
4096 #endif
4097 return;
4098 }
4099
4100 /* Recompute the offsets of entries in POOL, and the overall size of
4101 POOL. Do this after calling mark_constant_pool to ensure that we
4102 are computing the offset values for the pool which we will actually
4103 emit. */
4104
4105 static void
4106 recompute_pool_offsets (struct rtx_constant_pool *pool)
4107 {
4108 class constant_descriptor_rtx *desc;
4109 pool->offset = 0;
4110
4111 for (desc = pool->first; desc ; desc = desc->next)
4112 if (desc->mark)
4113 {
4114 /* Recalculate offset. */
4115 unsigned int align = desc->align;
4116 pool->offset += (align / BITS_PER_UNIT) - 1;
4117 pool->offset &= ~ ((align / BITS_PER_UNIT) - 1);
4118 desc->offset = pool->offset;
4119 pool->offset += GET_MODE_SIZE (desc->mode);
4120 }
4121 }
4122
4123 /* Mark all constants that are referenced by SYMBOL_REFs in X.
4124 Emit referenced deferred strings. */
4125
4126 static void
4127 mark_constants_in_pattern (rtx insn)
4128 {
4129 subrtx_iterator::array_type array;
4130 FOR_EACH_SUBRTX (iter, array, PATTERN (insn), ALL)
4131 {
4132 const_rtx x = *iter;
4133 if (GET_CODE (x) == SYMBOL_REF)
4134 {
4135 if (CONSTANT_POOL_ADDRESS_P (x))
4136 {
4137 class constant_descriptor_rtx *desc = SYMBOL_REF_CONSTANT (x);
4138 if (desc->mark == 0)
4139 {
4140 desc->mark = 1;
4141 iter.substitute (desc->constant);
4142 }
4143 }
4144 else if (TREE_CONSTANT_POOL_ADDRESS_P (x))
4145 {
4146 tree decl = SYMBOL_REF_DECL (x);
4147 if (!TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (DECL_INITIAL (decl)))
4148 {
4149 n_deferred_constants--;
4150 output_constant_def_contents (CONST_CAST_RTX (x));
4151 }
4152 }
4153 }
4154 }
4155 }
4156
4157 /* Look through appropriate parts of INSN, marking all entries in the
4158 constant pool which are actually being used. Entries that are only
4159 referenced by other constants are also marked as used. Emit
4160 deferred strings that are used. */
4161
4162 static void
4163 mark_constants (rtx_insn *insn)
4164 {
4165 if (!INSN_P (insn))
4166 return;
4167
4168 /* Insns may appear inside a SEQUENCE. Only check the patterns of
4169 insns, not any notes that may be attached. We don't want to mark
4170 a constant just because it happens to appear in a REG_EQUIV note. */
4171 if (rtx_sequence *seq = dyn_cast <rtx_sequence *> (PATTERN (insn)))
4172 {
4173 int i, n = seq->len ();
4174 for (i = 0; i < n; ++i)
4175 {
4176 rtx subinsn = seq->element (i);
4177 if (INSN_P (subinsn))
4178 mark_constants_in_pattern (subinsn);
4179 }
4180 }
4181 else
4182 mark_constants_in_pattern (insn);
4183 }
4184
4185 /* Look through the instructions for this function, and mark all the
4186 entries in POOL which are actually being used. Emit deferred constants
4187 which have indeed been used. */
4188
4189 static void
4190 mark_constant_pool (void)
4191 {
4192 rtx_insn *insn;
4193
4194 if (!crtl->uses_const_pool && n_deferred_constants == 0)
4195 return;
4196
4197 for (insn = get_insns (); insn; insn = NEXT_INSN (insn))
4198 mark_constants (insn);
4199 }
4200
4201 /* Write all the constants in POOL. */
4202
4203 static void
4204 output_constant_pool_contents (struct rtx_constant_pool *pool)
4205 {
4206 class constant_descriptor_rtx *desc;
4207
4208 for (desc = pool->first; desc ; desc = desc->next)
4209 if (desc->mark)
4210 {
4211 /* If the constant is part of an object_block, make sure that
4212 the constant has been positioned within its block, but do not
4213 write out its definition yet. output_object_blocks will do
4214 that later. */
4215 if (SYMBOL_REF_HAS_BLOCK_INFO_P (desc->sym)
4216 && SYMBOL_REF_BLOCK (desc->sym))
4217 place_block_symbol (desc->sym);
4218 else
4219 {
4220 switch_to_section (targetm.asm_out.select_rtx_section
4221 (desc->mode, desc->constant, desc->align));
4222 output_constant_pool_1 (desc, desc->align);
4223 }
4224 }
4225 }
4226
4227 /* Mark all constants that are used in the current function, then write
4228 out the function's private constant pool. */
4229
4230 static void
4231 output_constant_pool (const char *fnname ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
4232 tree fndecl ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
4233 {
4234 struct rtx_constant_pool *pool = crtl->varasm.pool;
4235
4236 /* It is possible for gcc to call force_const_mem and then to later
4237 discard the instructions which refer to the constant. In such a
4238 case we do not need to output the constant. */
4239 mark_constant_pool ();
4240
4241 /* Having marked the constant pool entries we'll actually emit, we
4242 now need to rebuild the offset information, which may have become
4243 stale. */
4244 recompute_pool_offsets (pool);
4245
4246 #ifdef ASM_OUTPUT_POOL_PROLOGUE
4247 ASM_OUTPUT_POOL_PROLOGUE (asm_out_file, fnname, fndecl, pool->offset);
4248 #endif
4249
4250 output_constant_pool_contents (pool);
4251
4252 #ifdef ASM_OUTPUT_POOL_EPILOGUE
4253 ASM_OUTPUT_POOL_EPILOGUE (asm_out_file, fnname, fndecl, pool->offset);
4254 #endif
4255 }
4256 \f
4257 /* Write the contents of the shared constant pool. */
4258
4259 void
4260 output_shared_constant_pool (void)
4261 {
4262 output_constant_pool_contents (shared_constant_pool);
4263 }
4264 \f
4265 /* Determine what kind of relocations EXP may need. */
4266
4267 int
4268 compute_reloc_for_constant (tree exp)
4269 {
4270 int reloc = 0, reloc2;
4271 tree tem;
4272
4273 switch (TREE_CODE (exp))
4274 {
4275 case ADDR_EXPR:
4276 case FDESC_EXPR:
4277 /* Go inside any operations that get_inner_reference can handle and see
4278 if what's inside is a constant: no need to do anything here for
4279 addresses of variables or functions. */
4280 for (tem = TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0); handled_component_p (tem);
4281 tem = TREE_OPERAND (tem, 0))
4282 ;
4283
4284 if (TREE_CODE (tem) == MEM_REF
4285 && TREE_CODE (TREE_OPERAND (tem, 0)) == ADDR_EXPR)
4286 {
4287 reloc = compute_reloc_for_constant (TREE_OPERAND (tem, 0));
4288 break;
4289 }
4290
4291 if (!targetm.binds_local_p (tem))
4292 reloc |= 2;
4293 else
4294 reloc |= 1;
4295 break;
4296
4297 case PLUS_EXPR:
4298 case POINTER_PLUS_EXPR:
4299 reloc = compute_reloc_for_constant (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0));
4300 reloc |= compute_reloc_for_constant (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 1));
4301 break;
4302
4303 case MINUS_EXPR:
4304 reloc = compute_reloc_for_constant (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0));
4305 reloc2 = compute_reloc_for_constant (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 1));
4306 /* The difference of two local labels is computable at link time. */
4307 if (reloc == 1 && reloc2 == 1)
4308 reloc = 0;
4309 else
4310 reloc |= reloc2;
4311 break;
4312
4313 CASE_CONVERT:
4314 case VIEW_CONVERT_EXPR:
4315 reloc = compute_reloc_for_constant (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0));
4316 break;
4317
4318 case CONSTRUCTOR:
4319 {
4320 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT idx;
4321 FOR_EACH_CONSTRUCTOR_VALUE (CONSTRUCTOR_ELTS (exp), idx, tem)
4322 if (tem != 0)
4323 reloc |= compute_reloc_for_constant (tem);
4324 }
4325 break;
4326
4327 default:
4328 break;
4329 }
4330 return reloc;
4331 }
4332
4333 /* Find all the constants whose addresses are referenced inside of EXP,
4334 and make sure assembler code with a label has been output for each one.
4335 Indicate whether an ADDR_EXPR has been encountered. */
4336
4337 static void
4338 output_addressed_constants (tree exp)
4339 {
4340 tree tem;
4341
4342 switch (TREE_CODE (exp))
4343 {
4344 case ADDR_EXPR:
4345 case FDESC_EXPR:
4346 /* Go inside any operations that get_inner_reference can handle and see
4347 if what's inside is a constant: no need to do anything here for
4348 addresses of variables or functions. */
4349 for (tem = TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0); handled_component_p (tem);
4350 tem = TREE_OPERAND (tem, 0))
4351 ;
4352
4353 /* If we have an initialized CONST_DECL, retrieve the initializer. */
4354 if (TREE_CODE (tem) == CONST_DECL && DECL_INITIAL (tem))
4355 tem = DECL_INITIAL (tem);
4356
4357 if (CONSTANT_CLASS_P (tem) || TREE_CODE (tem) == CONSTRUCTOR)
4358 output_constant_def (tem, 0);
4359
4360 if (TREE_CODE (tem) == MEM_REF)
4361 output_addressed_constants (TREE_OPERAND (tem, 0));
4362 break;
4363
4364 case PLUS_EXPR:
4365 case POINTER_PLUS_EXPR:
4366 case MINUS_EXPR:
4367 output_addressed_constants (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 1));
4368 gcc_fallthrough ();
4369
4370 CASE_CONVERT:
4371 case VIEW_CONVERT_EXPR:
4372 output_addressed_constants (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0));
4373 break;
4374
4375 case CONSTRUCTOR:
4376 {
4377 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT idx;
4378 FOR_EACH_CONSTRUCTOR_VALUE (CONSTRUCTOR_ELTS (exp), idx, tem)
4379 if (tem != 0)
4380 output_addressed_constants (tem);
4381 }
4382 break;
4383
4384 default:
4385 break;
4386 }
4387 }
4388 \f
4389 /* Whether a constructor CTOR is a valid static constant initializer if all
4390 its elements are. This used to be internal to initializer_constant_valid_p
4391 and has been exposed to let other functions like categorize_ctor_elements
4392 evaluate the property while walking a constructor for other purposes. */
4393
4394 bool
4395 constructor_static_from_elts_p (const_tree ctor)
4396 {
4397 return (TREE_CONSTANT (ctor)
4398 && (TREE_CODE (TREE_TYPE (ctor)) == UNION_TYPE
4399 || TREE_CODE (TREE_TYPE (ctor)) == RECORD_TYPE
4400 || TREE_CODE (TREE_TYPE (ctor)) == ARRAY_TYPE));
4401 }
4402
4403 static tree initializer_constant_valid_p_1 (tree value, tree endtype,
4404 tree *cache);
4405
4406 /* A subroutine of initializer_constant_valid_p. VALUE is a MINUS_EXPR,
4407 PLUS_EXPR or POINTER_PLUS_EXPR. This looks for cases of VALUE
4408 which are valid when ENDTYPE is an integer of any size; in
4409 particular, this does not accept a pointer minus a constant. This
4410 returns null_pointer_node if the VALUE is an absolute constant
4411 which can be used to initialize a static variable. Otherwise it
4412 returns NULL. */
4413
4414 static tree
4415 narrowing_initializer_constant_valid_p (tree value, tree endtype, tree *cache)
4416 {
4417 tree op0, op1;
4418
4419 if (!INTEGRAL_TYPE_P (endtype))
4420 return NULL_TREE;
4421
4422 op0 = TREE_OPERAND (value, 0);
4423 op1 = TREE_OPERAND (value, 1);
4424
4425 /* Like STRIP_NOPS except allow the operand mode to widen. This
4426 works around a feature of fold that simplifies (int)(p1 - p2) to
4427 ((int)p1 - (int)p2) under the theory that the narrower operation
4428 is cheaper. */
4429
4430 while (CONVERT_EXPR_P (op0)
4431 || TREE_CODE (op0) == NON_LVALUE_EXPR)
4432 {
4433 tree inner = TREE_OPERAND (op0, 0);
4434 if (inner == error_mark_node
4435 || ! INTEGRAL_MODE_P (TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (inner)))
4436 || (GET_MODE_SIZE (SCALAR_INT_TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (op0)))
4437 > GET_MODE_SIZE (SCALAR_INT_TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (inner)))))
4438 break;
4439 op0 = inner;
4440 }
4441
4442 while (CONVERT_EXPR_P (op1)
4443 || TREE_CODE (op1) == NON_LVALUE_EXPR)
4444 {
4445 tree inner = TREE_OPERAND (op1, 0);
4446 if (inner == error_mark_node
4447 || ! INTEGRAL_MODE_P (TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (inner)))
4448 || (GET_MODE_SIZE (SCALAR_INT_TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (op1)))
4449 > GET_MODE_SIZE (SCALAR_INT_TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (inner)))))
4450 break;
4451 op1 = inner;
4452 }
4453
4454 op0 = initializer_constant_valid_p_1 (op0, endtype, cache);
4455 if (!op0)
4456 return NULL_TREE;
4457
4458 op1 = initializer_constant_valid_p_1 (op1, endtype,
4459 cache ? cache + 2 : NULL);
4460 /* Both initializers must be known. */
4461 if (op1)
4462 {
4463 if (op0 == op1
4464 && (op0 == null_pointer_node
4465 || TREE_CODE (value) == MINUS_EXPR))
4466 return null_pointer_node;
4467
4468 /* Support differences between labels. */
4469 if (TREE_CODE (op0) == LABEL_DECL
4470 && TREE_CODE (op1) == LABEL_DECL)
4471 return null_pointer_node;
4472
4473 if (TREE_CODE (op0) == STRING_CST
4474 && TREE_CODE (op1) == STRING_CST
4475 && operand_equal_p (op0, op1, 1))
4476 return null_pointer_node;
4477 }
4478
4479 return NULL_TREE;
4480 }
4481
4482 /* Helper function of initializer_constant_valid_p.
4483 Return nonzero if VALUE is a valid constant-valued expression
4484 for use in initializing a static variable; one that can be an
4485 element of a "constant" initializer.
4486
4487 Return null_pointer_node if the value is absolute;
4488 if it is relocatable, return the variable that determines the relocation.
4489 We assume that VALUE has been folded as much as possible;
4490 therefore, we do not need to check for such things as
4491 arithmetic-combinations of integers.
4492
4493 Use CACHE (pointer to 2 tree values) for caching if non-NULL. */
4494
4495 static tree
4496 initializer_constant_valid_p_1 (tree value, tree endtype, tree *cache)
4497 {
4498 tree ret;
4499
4500 switch (TREE_CODE (value))
4501 {
4502 case CONSTRUCTOR:
4503 if (constructor_static_from_elts_p (value))
4504 {
4505 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT idx;
4506 tree elt;
4507 bool absolute = true;
4508
4509 if (cache && cache[0] == value)
4510 return cache[1];
4511 FOR_EACH_CONSTRUCTOR_VALUE (CONSTRUCTOR_ELTS (value), idx, elt)
4512 {
4513 tree reloc;
4514 reloc = initializer_constant_valid_p_1 (elt, TREE_TYPE (elt),
4515 NULL);
4516 if (!reloc
4517 /* An absolute value is required with reverse SSO. */
4518 || (reloc != null_pointer_node
4519 && TYPE_REVERSE_STORAGE_ORDER (TREE_TYPE (value))
4520 && !AGGREGATE_TYPE_P (TREE_TYPE (elt))))
4521 {
4522 if (cache)
4523 {
4524 cache[0] = value;
4525 cache[1] = NULL_TREE;
4526 }
4527 return NULL_TREE;
4528 }
4529 if (reloc != null_pointer_node)
4530 absolute = false;
4531 }
4532 /* For a non-absolute relocation, there is no single
4533 variable that can be "the variable that determines the
4534 relocation." */
4535 if (cache)
4536 {
4537 cache[0] = value;
4538 cache[1] = absolute ? null_pointer_node : error_mark_node;
4539 }
4540 return absolute ? null_pointer_node : error_mark_node;
4541 }
4542
4543 return TREE_STATIC (value) ? null_pointer_node : NULL_TREE;
4544
4545 case INTEGER_CST:
4546 case VECTOR_CST:
4547 case REAL_CST:
4548 case FIXED_CST:
4549 case STRING_CST:
4550 case COMPLEX_CST:
4551 return null_pointer_node;
4552
4553 case ADDR_EXPR:
4554 case FDESC_EXPR:
4555 {
4556 tree op0 = staticp (TREE_OPERAND (value, 0));
4557 if (op0)
4558 {
4559 /* "&(*a).f" is like unto pointer arithmetic. If "a" turns out
4560 to be a constant, this is old-skool offsetof-like nonsense. */
4561 if (TREE_CODE (op0) == INDIRECT_REF
4562 && TREE_CONSTANT (TREE_OPERAND (op0, 0)))
4563 return null_pointer_node;
4564 /* Taking the address of a nested function involves a trampoline,
4565 unless we don't need or want one. */
4566 if (TREE_CODE (op0) == FUNCTION_DECL
4567 && DECL_STATIC_CHAIN (op0)
4568 && !TREE_NO_TRAMPOLINE (value))
4569 return NULL_TREE;
4570 /* "&{...}" requires a temporary to hold the constructed
4571 object. */
4572 if (TREE_CODE (op0) == CONSTRUCTOR)
4573 return NULL_TREE;
4574 }
4575 return op0;
4576 }
4577
4578 case NON_LVALUE_EXPR:
4579 return initializer_constant_valid_p_1 (TREE_OPERAND (value, 0),
4580 endtype, cache);
4581
4582 case VIEW_CONVERT_EXPR:
4583 {
4584 tree src = TREE_OPERAND (value, 0);
4585 tree src_type = TREE_TYPE (src);
4586 tree dest_type = TREE_TYPE (value);
4587
4588 /* Allow view-conversions from aggregate to non-aggregate type only
4589 if the bit pattern is fully preserved afterwards; otherwise, the
4590 RTL expander won't be able to apply a subsequent transformation
4591 to the underlying constructor. */
4592 if (AGGREGATE_TYPE_P (src_type) && !AGGREGATE_TYPE_P (dest_type))
4593 {
4594 if (TYPE_MODE (endtype) == TYPE_MODE (dest_type))
4595 return initializer_constant_valid_p_1 (src, endtype, cache);
4596 else
4597 return NULL_TREE;
4598 }
4599
4600 /* Allow all other kinds of view-conversion. */
4601 return initializer_constant_valid_p_1 (src, endtype, cache);
4602 }
4603
4604 CASE_CONVERT:
4605 {
4606 tree src = TREE_OPERAND (value, 0);
4607 tree src_type = TREE_TYPE (src);
4608 tree dest_type = TREE_TYPE (value);
4609
4610 /* Allow conversions between pointer types, floating-point
4611 types, and offset types. */
4612 if ((POINTER_TYPE_P (dest_type) && POINTER_TYPE_P (src_type))
4613 || (FLOAT_TYPE_P (dest_type) && FLOAT_TYPE_P (src_type))
4614 || (TREE_CODE (dest_type) == OFFSET_TYPE
4615 && TREE_CODE (src_type) == OFFSET_TYPE))
4616 return initializer_constant_valid_p_1 (src, endtype, cache);
4617
4618 /* Allow length-preserving conversions between integer types. */
4619 if (INTEGRAL_TYPE_P (dest_type) && INTEGRAL_TYPE_P (src_type)
4620 && (TYPE_PRECISION (dest_type) == TYPE_PRECISION (src_type)))
4621 return initializer_constant_valid_p_1 (src, endtype, cache);
4622
4623 /* Allow conversions between other integer types only if
4624 explicit value. Don't allow sign-extension to a type larger
4625 than word and pointer, there aren't relocations that would
4626 allow to sign extend it to a wider type. */
4627 if (INTEGRAL_TYPE_P (dest_type)
4628 && INTEGRAL_TYPE_P (src_type)
4629 && (TYPE_UNSIGNED (src_type)
4630 || TYPE_PRECISION (dest_type) <= TYPE_PRECISION (src_type)
4631 || TYPE_PRECISION (dest_type) <= BITS_PER_WORD
4632 || TYPE_PRECISION (dest_type) <= POINTER_SIZE))
4633 {
4634 tree inner = initializer_constant_valid_p_1 (src, endtype, cache);
4635 if (inner == null_pointer_node)
4636 return null_pointer_node;
4637 break;
4638 }
4639
4640 /* Allow (int) &foo provided int is as wide as a pointer. */
4641 if (INTEGRAL_TYPE_P (dest_type) && POINTER_TYPE_P (src_type)
4642 && (TYPE_PRECISION (dest_type) >= TYPE_PRECISION (src_type)))
4643 return initializer_constant_valid_p_1 (src, endtype, cache);
4644
4645 /* Likewise conversions from int to pointers, but also allow
4646 conversions from 0. */
4647 if ((POINTER_TYPE_P (dest_type)
4648 || TREE_CODE (dest_type) == OFFSET_TYPE)
4649 && INTEGRAL_TYPE_P (src_type))
4650 {
4651 if (TREE_CODE (src) == INTEGER_CST
4652 && TYPE_PRECISION (dest_type) >= TYPE_PRECISION (src_type))
4653 return null_pointer_node;
4654 if (integer_zerop (src))
4655 return null_pointer_node;
4656 else if (TYPE_PRECISION (dest_type) <= TYPE_PRECISION (src_type))
4657 return initializer_constant_valid_p_1 (src, endtype, cache);
4658 }
4659
4660 /* Allow conversions to struct or union types if the value
4661 inside is okay. */
4662 if (TREE_CODE (dest_type) == RECORD_TYPE
4663 || TREE_CODE (dest_type) == UNION_TYPE)
4664 return initializer_constant_valid_p_1 (src, endtype, cache);
4665 }
4666 break;
4667
4668 case POINTER_PLUS_EXPR:
4669 case PLUS_EXPR:
4670 /* Any valid floating-point constants will have been folded by now;
4671 with -frounding-math we hit this with addition of two constants. */
4672 if (TREE_CODE (endtype) == REAL_TYPE)
4673 return NULL_TREE;
4674 if (cache && cache[0] == value)
4675 return cache[1];
4676 if (! INTEGRAL_TYPE_P (endtype)
4677 || TYPE_PRECISION (endtype) >= TYPE_PRECISION (TREE_TYPE (value)))
4678 {
4679 tree ncache[4] = { NULL_TREE, NULL_TREE, NULL_TREE, NULL_TREE };
4680 tree valid0
4681 = initializer_constant_valid_p_1 (TREE_OPERAND (value, 0),
4682 endtype, ncache);
4683 tree valid1
4684 = initializer_constant_valid_p_1 (TREE_OPERAND (value, 1),
4685 endtype, ncache + 2);
4686 /* If either term is absolute, use the other term's relocation. */
4687 if (valid0 == null_pointer_node)
4688 ret = valid1;
4689 else if (valid1 == null_pointer_node)
4690 ret = valid0;
4691 /* Support narrowing pointer differences. */
4692 else
4693 ret = narrowing_initializer_constant_valid_p (value, endtype,
4694 ncache);
4695 }
4696 else
4697 /* Support narrowing pointer differences. */
4698 ret = narrowing_initializer_constant_valid_p (value, endtype, NULL);
4699 if (cache)
4700 {
4701 cache[0] = value;
4702 cache[1] = ret;
4703 }
4704 return ret;
4705
4706 case POINTER_DIFF_EXPR:
4707 case MINUS_EXPR:
4708 if (TREE_CODE (endtype) == REAL_TYPE)
4709 return NULL_TREE;
4710 if (cache && cache[0] == value)
4711 return cache[1];
4712 if (! INTEGRAL_TYPE_P (endtype)
4713 || TYPE_PRECISION (endtype) >= TYPE_PRECISION (TREE_TYPE (value)))
4714 {
4715 tree ncache[4] = { NULL_TREE, NULL_TREE, NULL_TREE, NULL_TREE };
4716 tree valid0
4717 = initializer_constant_valid_p_1 (TREE_OPERAND (value, 0),
4718 endtype, ncache);
4719 tree valid1
4720 = initializer_constant_valid_p_1 (TREE_OPERAND (value, 1),
4721 endtype, ncache + 2);
4722 /* Win if second argument is absolute. */
4723 if (valid1 == null_pointer_node)
4724 ret = valid0;
4725 /* Win if both arguments have the same relocation.
4726 Then the value is absolute. */
4727 else if (valid0 == valid1 && valid0 != 0)
4728 ret = null_pointer_node;
4729 /* Since GCC guarantees that string constants are unique in the
4730 generated code, a subtraction between two copies of the same
4731 constant string is absolute. */
4732 else if (valid0 && TREE_CODE (valid0) == STRING_CST
4733 && valid1 && TREE_CODE (valid1) == STRING_CST
4734 && operand_equal_p (valid0, valid1, 1))
4735 ret = null_pointer_node;
4736 /* Support narrowing differences. */
4737 else
4738 ret = narrowing_initializer_constant_valid_p (value, endtype,
4739 ncache);
4740 }
4741 else
4742 /* Support narrowing differences. */
4743 ret = narrowing_initializer_constant_valid_p (value, endtype, NULL);
4744 if (cache)
4745 {
4746 cache[0] = value;
4747 cache[1] = ret;
4748 }
4749 return ret;
4750
4751 default:
4752 break;
4753 }
4754
4755 return NULL_TREE;
4756 }
4757
4758 /* Return nonzero if VALUE is a valid constant-valued expression
4759 for use in initializing a static variable; one that can be an
4760 element of a "constant" initializer.
4761
4762 Return null_pointer_node if the value is absolute;
4763 if it is relocatable, return the variable that determines the relocation.
4764 We assume that VALUE has been folded as much as possible;
4765 therefore, we do not need to check for such things as
4766 arithmetic-combinations of integers. */
4767 tree
4768 initializer_constant_valid_p (tree value, tree endtype, bool reverse)
4769 {
4770 tree reloc = initializer_constant_valid_p_1 (value, endtype, NULL);
4771
4772 /* An absolute value is required with reverse storage order. */
4773 if (reloc
4774 && reloc != null_pointer_node
4775 && reverse
4776 && !AGGREGATE_TYPE_P (endtype)
4777 && !VECTOR_TYPE_P (endtype))
4778 reloc = NULL_TREE;
4779
4780 return reloc;
4781 }
4782 \f
4783 /* Return true if VALUE is a valid constant-valued expression
4784 for use in initializing a static bit-field; one that can be
4785 an element of a "constant" initializer. */
4786
4787 bool
4788 initializer_constant_valid_for_bitfield_p (tree value)
4789 {
4790 /* For bitfields we support integer constants or possibly nested aggregates
4791 of such. */
4792 switch (TREE_CODE (value))
4793 {
4794 case CONSTRUCTOR:
4795 {
4796 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT idx;
4797 tree elt;
4798
4799 FOR_EACH_CONSTRUCTOR_VALUE (CONSTRUCTOR_ELTS (value), idx, elt)
4800 if (!initializer_constant_valid_for_bitfield_p (elt))
4801 return false;
4802 return true;
4803 }
4804
4805 case INTEGER_CST:
4806 case REAL_CST:
4807 return true;
4808
4809 case VIEW_CONVERT_EXPR:
4810 case NON_LVALUE_EXPR:
4811 return
4812 initializer_constant_valid_for_bitfield_p (TREE_OPERAND (value, 0));
4813
4814 default:
4815 break;
4816 }
4817
4818 return false;
4819 }
4820
4821 /* Check if a STRING_CST fits into the field.
4822 Tolerate only the case when the NUL termination
4823 does not fit into the field. */
4824
4825 static bool
4826 check_string_literal (tree string, unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT size)
4827 {
4828 tree type = TREE_TYPE (string);
4829 tree eltype = TREE_TYPE (type);
4830 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT elts = tree_to_uhwi (TYPE_SIZE_UNIT (eltype));
4831 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT mem_size = tree_to_uhwi (TYPE_SIZE_UNIT (type));
4832 int len = TREE_STRING_LENGTH (string);
4833
4834 if (elts != 1 && elts != 2 && elts != 4)
4835 return false;
4836 if (len < 0 || len % elts != 0)
4837 return false;
4838 if (size < (unsigned)len)
4839 return false;
4840 if (mem_size != size)
4841 return false;
4842 return true;
4843 }
4844
4845 /* output_constructor outer state of relevance in recursive calls, typically
4846 for nested aggregate bitfields. */
4847
4848 struct oc_outer_state {
4849 unsigned int bit_offset; /* current position in ... */
4850 int byte; /* ... the outer byte buffer. */
4851 };
4852
4853 static unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT
4854 output_constructor (tree, unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT, unsigned int, bool,
4855 oc_outer_state *);
4856
4857 /* Output assembler code for constant EXP, with no label.
4858 This includes the pseudo-op such as ".int" or ".byte", and a newline.
4859 Assumes output_addressed_constants has been done on EXP already.
4860
4861 Generate at least SIZE bytes of assembler data, padding at the end
4862 with zeros if necessary. SIZE must always be specified. The returned
4863 value is the actual number of bytes of assembler data generated, which
4864 may be bigger than SIZE if the object contains a variable length field.
4865
4866 SIZE is important for structure constructors,
4867 since trailing members may have been omitted from the constructor.
4868 It is also important for initialization of arrays from string constants
4869 since the full length of the string constant might not be wanted.
4870 It is also needed for initialization of unions, where the initializer's
4871 type is just one member, and that may not be as long as the union.
4872
4873 There a case in which we would fail to output exactly SIZE bytes:
4874 for a structure constructor that wants to produce more than SIZE bytes.
4875 But such constructors will never be generated for any possible input.
4876
4877 ALIGN is the alignment of the data in bits.
4878
4879 If REVERSE is true, EXP is output in reverse storage order. */
4880
4881 static unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT
4882 output_constant (tree exp, unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT size, unsigned int align,
4883 bool reverse, bool merge_strings)
4884 {
4885 enum tree_code code;
4886 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT thissize;
4887 rtx cst;
4888
4889 if (size == 0 || flag_syntax_only)
4890 return size;
4891
4892 /* See if we're trying to initialize a pointer in a non-default mode
4893 to the address of some declaration somewhere. If the target says
4894 the mode is valid for pointers, assume the target has a way of
4895 resolving it. */
4896 if (TREE_CODE (exp) == NOP_EXPR
4897 && POINTER_TYPE_P (TREE_TYPE (exp))
4898 && targetm.addr_space.valid_pointer_mode
4899 (SCALAR_INT_TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (exp)),
4900 TYPE_ADDR_SPACE (TREE_TYPE (TREE_TYPE (exp)))))
4901 {
4902 tree saved_type = TREE_TYPE (exp);
4903
4904 /* Peel off any intermediate conversions-to-pointer for valid
4905 pointer modes. */
4906 while (TREE_CODE (exp) == NOP_EXPR
4907 && POINTER_TYPE_P (TREE_TYPE (exp))
4908 && targetm.addr_space.valid_pointer_mode
4909 (SCALAR_INT_TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (exp)),
4910 TYPE_ADDR_SPACE (TREE_TYPE (TREE_TYPE (exp)))))
4911 exp = TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0);
4912
4913 /* If what we're left with is the address of something, we can
4914 convert the address to the final type and output it that
4915 way. */
4916 if (TREE_CODE (exp) == ADDR_EXPR)
4917 exp = build1 (ADDR_EXPR, saved_type, TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0));
4918 /* Likewise for constant ints. */
4919 else if (TREE_CODE (exp) == INTEGER_CST)
4920 exp = fold_convert (saved_type, exp);
4921
4922 }
4923
4924 /* Eliminate any conversions since we'll be outputting the underlying
4925 constant. */
4926 while (CONVERT_EXPR_P (exp)
4927 || TREE_CODE (exp) == NON_LVALUE_EXPR
4928 || TREE_CODE (exp) == VIEW_CONVERT_EXPR)
4929 {
4930 HOST_WIDE_INT type_size = int_size_in_bytes (TREE_TYPE (exp));
4931 HOST_WIDE_INT op_size = int_size_in_bytes (TREE_TYPE (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0)));
4932
4933 /* Make sure eliminating the conversion is really a no-op, except with
4934 VIEW_CONVERT_EXPRs to allow for wild Ada unchecked conversions and
4935 union types to allow for Ada unchecked unions. */
4936 if (type_size > op_size
4937 && TREE_CODE (exp) != VIEW_CONVERT_EXPR
4938 && TREE_CODE (TREE_TYPE (exp)) != UNION_TYPE)
4939 /* Keep the conversion. */
4940 break;
4941 else
4942 exp = TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0);
4943 }
4944
4945 code = TREE_CODE (TREE_TYPE (exp));
4946 thissize = int_size_in_bytes (TREE_TYPE (exp));
4947
4948 /* Allow a constructor with no elements for any data type.
4949 This means to fill the space with zeros. */
4950 if (TREE_CODE (exp) == CONSTRUCTOR
4951 && vec_safe_is_empty (CONSTRUCTOR_ELTS (exp)))
4952 {
4953 assemble_zeros (size);
4954 return size;
4955 }
4956
4957 if (TREE_CODE (exp) == FDESC_EXPR)
4958 {
4959 #ifdef ASM_OUTPUT_FDESC
4960 HOST_WIDE_INT part = tree_to_shwi (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 1));
4961 tree decl = TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0);
4962 ASM_OUTPUT_FDESC (asm_out_file, decl, part);
4963 #else
4964 gcc_unreachable ();
4965 #endif
4966 return size;
4967 }
4968
4969 /* Now output the underlying data. If we've handling the padding, return.
4970 Otherwise, break and ensure SIZE is the size written. */
4971 switch (code)
4972 {
4973 case BOOLEAN_TYPE:
4974 case INTEGER_TYPE:
4975 case ENUMERAL_TYPE:
4976 case POINTER_TYPE:
4977 case REFERENCE_TYPE:
4978 case OFFSET_TYPE:
4979 case FIXED_POINT_TYPE:
4980 case NULLPTR_TYPE:
4981 cst = expand_expr (exp, NULL_RTX, VOIDmode, EXPAND_INITIALIZER);
4982 if (reverse)
4983 cst = flip_storage_order (TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (exp)), cst);
4984 if (!assemble_integer (cst, MIN (size, thissize), align, 0))
4985 error ("initializer for integer/fixed-point value is too complicated");
4986 break;
4987
4988 case REAL_TYPE:
4989 if (TREE_CODE (exp) != REAL_CST)
4990 error ("initializer for floating value is not a floating constant");
4991 else
4992 assemble_real (TREE_REAL_CST (exp),
4993 SCALAR_FLOAT_TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (exp)),
4994 align, reverse);
4995 break;
4996
4997 case COMPLEX_TYPE:
4998 output_constant (TREE_REALPART (exp), thissize / 2, align,
4999 reverse, false);
5000 output_constant (TREE_IMAGPART (exp), thissize / 2,
5001 min_align (align, BITS_PER_UNIT * (thissize / 2)),
5002 reverse, false);
5003 break;
5004
5005 case ARRAY_TYPE:
5006 case VECTOR_TYPE:
5007 switch (TREE_CODE (exp))
5008 {
5009 case CONSTRUCTOR:
5010 return output_constructor (exp, size, align, reverse, NULL);
5011 case STRING_CST:
5012 thissize = (unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT)TREE_STRING_LENGTH (exp);
5013 if (merge_strings
5014 && (thissize == 0
5015 || TREE_STRING_POINTER (exp) [thissize - 1] != '\0'))
5016 thissize++;
5017 gcc_checking_assert (check_string_literal (exp, size));
5018 assemble_string (TREE_STRING_POINTER (exp), thissize);
5019 break;
5020 case VECTOR_CST:
5021 {
5022 scalar_mode inner = SCALAR_TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (TREE_TYPE (exp)));
5023 unsigned int nalign = MIN (align, GET_MODE_ALIGNMENT (inner));
5024 int elt_size = GET_MODE_SIZE (inner);
5025 output_constant (VECTOR_CST_ELT (exp, 0), elt_size, align,
5026 reverse, false);
5027 thissize = elt_size;
5028 /* Static constants must have a fixed size. */
5029 unsigned int nunits = VECTOR_CST_NELTS (exp).to_constant ();
5030 for (unsigned int i = 1; i < nunits; i++)
5031 {
5032 output_constant (VECTOR_CST_ELT (exp, i), elt_size, nalign,
5033 reverse, false);
5034 thissize += elt_size;
5035 }
5036 break;
5037 }
5038 default:
5039 gcc_unreachable ();
5040 }
5041 break;
5042
5043 case RECORD_TYPE:
5044 case UNION_TYPE:
5045 gcc_assert (TREE_CODE (exp) == CONSTRUCTOR);
5046 return output_constructor (exp, size, align, reverse, NULL);
5047
5048 case ERROR_MARK:
5049 return 0;
5050
5051 default:
5052 gcc_unreachable ();
5053 }
5054
5055 if (size > thissize)
5056 assemble_zeros (size - thissize);
5057
5058 return size;
5059 }
5060 \f
5061 /* Subroutine of output_constructor, used for computing the size of
5062 arrays of unspecified length. VAL must be a CONSTRUCTOR of an array
5063 type with an unspecified upper bound. */
5064
5065 static unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT
5066 array_size_for_constructor (tree val)
5067 {
5068 tree max_index;
5069 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT cnt;
5070 tree index, value, tmp;
5071 offset_int i;
5072
5073 /* This code used to attempt to handle string constants that are not
5074 arrays of single-bytes, but nothing else does, so there's no point in
5075 doing it here. */
5076 if (TREE_CODE (val) == STRING_CST)
5077 return TREE_STRING_LENGTH (val);
5078
5079 max_index = NULL_TREE;
5080 FOR_EACH_CONSTRUCTOR_ELT (CONSTRUCTOR_ELTS (val), cnt, index, value)
5081 {
5082 if (TREE_CODE (index) == RANGE_EXPR)
5083 index = TREE_OPERAND (index, 1);
5084 if (max_index == NULL_TREE || tree_int_cst_lt (max_index, index))
5085 max_index = index;
5086 }
5087
5088 if (max_index == NULL_TREE)
5089 return 0;
5090
5091 /* Compute the total number of array elements. */
5092 tmp = TYPE_MIN_VALUE (TYPE_DOMAIN (TREE_TYPE (val)));
5093 i = wi::to_offset (max_index) - wi::to_offset (tmp) + 1;
5094
5095 /* Multiply by the array element unit size to find number of bytes. */
5096 i *= wi::to_offset (TYPE_SIZE_UNIT (TREE_TYPE (TREE_TYPE (val))));
5097
5098 gcc_assert (wi::fits_uhwi_p (i));
5099 return i.to_uhwi ();
5100 }
5101
5102 /* Other datastructures + helpers for output_constructor. */
5103
5104 /* output_constructor local state to support interaction with helpers. */
5105
5106 struct oc_local_state {
5107
5108 /* Received arguments. */
5109 tree exp; /* Constructor expression. */
5110 tree type; /* Type of constructor expression. */
5111 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT size; /* # bytes to output - pad if necessary. */
5112 unsigned int align; /* Known initial alignment. */
5113 tree min_index; /* Lower bound if specified for an array. */
5114
5115 /* Output processing state. */
5116 HOST_WIDE_INT total_bytes; /* # bytes output so far / current position. */
5117 int byte; /* Part of a bitfield byte yet to be output. */
5118 int last_relative_index; /* Implicit or explicit index of the last
5119 array element output within a bitfield. */
5120 bool byte_buffer_in_use; /* Whether BYTE is in use. */
5121 bool reverse; /* Whether reverse storage order is in use. */
5122
5123 /* Current element. */
5124 tree field; /* Current field decl in a record. */
5125 tree val; /* Current element value. */
5126 tree index; /* Current element index. */
5127
5128 };
5129
5130 /* Helper for output_constructor. From the current LOCAL state, output a
5131 RANGE_EXPR element. */
5132
5133 static void
5134 output_constructor_array_range (oc_local_state *local)
5135 {
5136 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT fieldsize
5137 = int_size_in_bytes (TREE_TYPE (local->type));
5138
5139 HOST_WIDE_INT lo_index
5140 = tree_to_shwi (TREE_OPERAND (local->index, 0));
5141 HOST_WIDE_INT hi_index
5142 = tree_to_shwi (TREE_OPERAND (local->index, 1));
5143 HOST_WIDE_INT index;
5144
5145 unsigned int align2
5146 = min_align (local->align, fieldsize * BITS_PER_UNIT);
5147
5148 for (index = lo_index; index <= hi_index; index++)
5149 {
5150 /* Output the element's initial value. */
5151 if (local->val == NULL_TREE)
5152 assemble_zeros (fieldsize);
5153 else
5154 fieldsize = output_constant (local->val, fieldsize, align2,
5155 local->reverse, false);
5156
5157 /* Count its size. */
5158 local->total_bytes += fieldsize;
5159 }
5160 }
5161
5162 /* Helper for output_constructor. From the current LOCAL state, output a
5163 field element that is not true bitfield or part of an outer one. */
5164
5165 static void
5166 output_constructor_regular_field (oc_local_state *local)
5167 {
5168 /* Field size and position. Since this structure is static, we know the
5169 positions are constant. */
5170 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT fieldsize;
5171 HOST_WIDE_INT fieldpos;
5172
5173 unsigned int align2;
5174
5175 /* Output any buffered-up bit-fields preceding this element. */
5176 if (local->byte_buffer_in_use)
5177 {
5178 assemble_integer (GEN_INT (local->byte), 1, BITS_PER_UNIT, 1);
5179 local->total_bytes++;
5180 local->byte_buffer_in_use = false;
5181 }
5182
5183 if (local->index != NULL_TREE)
5184 {
5185 /* Perform the index calculation in modulo arithmetic but
5186 sign-extend the result because Ada has negative DECL_FIELD_OFFSETs
5187 but we are using an unsigned sizetype. */
5188 unsigned prec = TYPE_PRECISION (sizetype);
5189 offset_int idx = wi::sext (wi::to_offset (local->index)
5190 - wi::to_offset (local->min_index), prec);
5191 fieldpos = (idx * wi::to_offset (TYPE_SIZE_UNIT (TREE_TYPE (local->val))))
5192 .to_short_addr ();
5193 }
5194 else if (local->field != NULL_TREE)
5195 fieldpos = int_byte_position (local->field);
5196 else
5197 fieldpos = 0;
5198
5199 /* Advance to offset of this element.
5200 Note no alignment needed in an array, since that is guaranteed
5201 if each element has the proper size. */
5202 if (local->field != NULL_TREE || local->index != NULL_TREE)
5203 {
5204 if (fieldpos > local->total_bytes)
5205 {
5206 assemble_zeros (fieldpos - local->total_bytes);
5207 local->total_bytes = fieldpos;
5208 }
5209 else
5210 /* Must not go backwards. */
5211 gcc_assert (fieldpos == local->total_bytes);
5212 }
5213
5214 /* Find the alignment of this element. */
5215 align2 = min_align (local->align, BITS_PER_UNIT * fieldpos);
5216
5217 /* Determine size this element should occupy. */
5218 if (local->field)
5219 {
5220 fieldsize = 0;
5221
5222 /* If this is an array with an unspecified upper bound,
5223 the initializer determines the size. */
5224 /* ??? This ought to only checked if DECL_SIZE_UNIT is NULL,
5225 but we cannot do this until the deprecated support for
5226 initializing zero-length array members is removed. */
5227 if (TREE_CODE (TREE_TYPE (local->field)) == ARRAY_TYPE
5228 && (!TYPE_DOMAIN (TREE_TYPE (local->field))
5229 || !TYPE_MAX_VALUE (TYPE_DOMAIN (TREE_TYPE (local->field)))))
5230 {
5231 fieldsize = array_size_for_constructor (local->val);
5232 /* Given a non-empty initialization, this field had better
5233 be last. Given a flexible array member, the next field
5234 on the chain is a TYPE_DECL of the enclosing struct. */
5235 const_tree next = DECL_CHAIN (local->field);
5236 gcc_assert (!fieldsize || !next || TREE_CODE (next) != FIELD_DECL);
5237 tree size = TYPE_SIZE_UNIT (TREE_TYPE (local->val));
5238 gcc_checking_assert (compare_tree_int (size, fieldsize) == 0);
5239 }
5240 else
5241 fieldsize = tree_to_uhwi (DECL_SIZE_UNIT (local->field));
5242 }
5243 else
5244 fieldsize = int_size_in_bytes (TREE_TYPE (local->type));
5245
5246 /* Output the element's initial value. */
5247 if (local->val == NULL_TREE)
5248 assemble_zeros (fieldsize);
5249 else
5250 fieldsize = output_constant (local->val, fieldsize, align2,
5251 local->reverse, false);
5252
5253 /* Count its size. */
5254 local->total_bytes += fieldsize;
5255 }
5256
5257 /* Helper for output_constructor. From the LOCAL state, output an element
5258 that is a true bitfield or part of an outer one. BIT_OFFSET is the offset
5259 from the start of a possibly ongoing outer byte buffer. */
5260
5261 static void
5262 output_constructor_bitfield (oc_local_state *local, unsigned int bit_offset)
5263 {
5264 /* Bit size of this element. */
5265 HOST_WIDE_INT ebitsize
5266 = (local->field
5267 ? tree_to_uhwi (DECL_SIZE (local->field))
5268 : tree_to_uhwi (TYPE_SIZE (TREE_TYPE (local->type))));
5269
5270 /* Relative index of this element if this is an array component. */
5271 HOST_WIDE_INT relative_index
5272 = (!local->field
5273 ? (local->index
5274 ? (tree_to_shwi (local->index)
5275 - tree_to_shwi (local->min_index))
5276 : local->last_relative_index + 1)
5277 : 0);
5278
5279 /* Bit position of this element from the start of the containing
5280 constructor. */
5281 HOST_WIDE_INT constructor_relative_ebitpos
5282 = (local->field
5283 ? int_bit_position (local->field)
5284 : ebitsize * relative_index);
5285
5286 /* Bit position of this element from the start of a possibly ongoing
5287 outer byte buffer. */
5288 HOST_WIDE_INT byte_relative_ebitpos
5289 = bit_offset + constructor_relative_ebitpos;
5290
5291 /* From the start of a possibly ongoing outer byte buffer, offsets to
5292 the first bit of this element and to the first bit past the end of
5293 this element. */
5294 HOST_WIDE_INT next_offset = byte_relative_ebitpos;
5295 HOST_WIDE_INT end_offset = byte_relative_ebitpos + ebitsize;
5296
5297 local->last_relative_index = relative_index;
5298
5299 if (local->val == NULL_TREE)
5300 local->val = integer_zero_node;
5301
5302 while (TREE_CODE (local->val) == VIEW_CONVERT_EXPR
5303 || TREE_CODE (local->val) == NON_LVALUE_EXPR)
5304 local->val = TREE_OPERAND (local->val, 0);
5305
5306 if (TREE_CODE (local->val) != INTEGER_CST
5307 && TREE_CODE (local->val) != CONSTRUCTOR)
5308 {
5309 error ("invalid initial value for member %qE", DECL_NAME (local->field));
5310 return;
5311 }
5312
5313 /* If this field does not start in this (or next) byte, skip some bytes. */
5314 if (next_offset / BITS_PER_UNIT != local->total_bytes)
5315 {
5316 /* Output remnant of any bit field in previous bytes. */
5317 if (local->byte_buffer_in_use)
5318 {
5319 assemble_integer (GEN_INT (local->byte), 1, BITS_PER_UNIT, 1);
5320 local->total_bytes++;
5321 local->byte_buffer_in_use = false;
5322 }
5323
5324 /* If still not at proper byte, advance to there. */
5325 if (next_offset / BITS_PER_UNIT != local->total_bytes)
5326 {
5327 gcc_assert (next_offset / BITS_PER_UNIT >= local->total_bytes);
5328 assemble_zeros (next_offset / BITS_PER_UNIT - local->total_bytes);
5329 local->total_bytes = next_offset / BITS_PER_UNIT;
5330 }
5331 }
5332
5333 /* Set up the buffer if necessary. */
5334 if (!local->byte_buffer_in_use)
5335 {
5336 local->byte = 0;
5337 if (ebitsize > 0)
5338 local->byte_buffer_in_use = true;
5339 }
5340
5341 /* If this is nested constructor, recurse passing the bit offset and the
5342 pending data, then retrieve the new pending data afterwards. */
5343 if (TREE_CODE (local->val) == CONSTRUCTOR)
5344 {
5345 oc_outer_state temp_state;
5346 temp_state.bit_offset = next_offset % BITS_PER_UNIT;
5347 temp_state.byte = local->byte;
5348 local->total_bytes
5349 += output_constructor (local->val, 0, 0, local->reverse, &temp_state);
5350 local->byte = temp_state.byte;
5351 return;
5352 }
5353
5354 /* Otherwise, we must split the element into pieces that fall within
5355 separate bytes, and combine each byte with previous or following
5356 bit-fields. */
5357 while (next_offset < end_offset)
5358 {
5359 int this_time;
5360 int shift;
5361 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT value;
5362 HOST_WIDE_INT next_byte = next_offset / BITS_PER_UNIT;
5363 HOST_WIDE_INT next_bit = next_offset % BITS_PER_UNIT;
5364
5365 /* Advance from byte to byte within this element when necessary. */
5366 while (next_byte != local->total_bytes)
5367 {
5368 assemble_integer (GEN_INT (local->byte), 1, BITS_PER_UNIT, 1);
5369 local->total_bytes++;
5370 local->byte = 0;
5371 }
5372
5373 /* Number of bits we can process at once (all part of the same byte). */
5374 this_time = MIN (end_offset - next_offset, BITS_PER_UNIT - next_bit);
5375 if (local->reverse ? !BYTES_BIG_ENDIAN : BYTES_BIG_ENDIAN)
5376 {
5377 /* For big-endian data, take the most significant bits (of the
5378 bits that are significant) first and put them into bytes from
5379 the most significant end. */
5380 shift = end_offset - next_offset - this_time;
5381
5382 /* Don't try to take a bunch of bits that cross
5383 the word boundary in the INTEGER_CST. We can
5384 only select bits from one element. */
5385 if ((shift / HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT)
5386 != ((shift + this_time - 1) / HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT))
5387 {
5388 const int end = shift + this_time - 1;
5389 shift = end & -HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT;
5390 this_time = end - shift + 1;
5391 }
5392
5393 /* Now get the bits we want to insert. */
5394 value = wi::extract_uhwi (wi::to_widest (local->val),
5395 shift, this_time);
5396
5397 /* Get the result. This works only when:
5398 1 <= this_time <= HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT. */
5399 local->byte |= value << (BITS_PER_UNIT - this_time - next_bit);
5400 }
5401 else
5402 {
5403 /* On little-endian machines, take the least significant bits of
5404 the value first and pack them starting at the least significant
5405 bits of the bytes. */
5406 shift = next_offset - byte_relative_ebitpos;
5407
5408 /* Don't try to take a bunch of bits that cross
5409 the word boundary in the INTEGER_CST. We can
5410 only select bits from one element. */
5411 if ((shift / HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT)
5412 != ((shift + this_time - 1) / HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT))
5413 this_time
5414 = HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT - (shift & (HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT - 1));
5415
5416 /* Now get the bits we want to insert. */
5417 value = wi::extract_uhwi (wi::to_widest (local->val),
5418 shift, this_time);
5419
5420 /* Get the result. This works only when:
5421 1 <= this_time <= HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT. */
5422 local->byte |= value << next_bit;
5423 }
5424
5425 next_offset += this_time;
5426 local->byte_buffer_in_use = true;
5427 }
5428 }
5429
5430 /* Subroutine of output_constant, used for CONSTRUCTORs (aggregate constants).
5431 Generate at least SIZE bytes, padding if necessary. OUTER designates the
5432 caller output state of relevance in recursive invocations. */
5433
5434 static unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT
5435 output_constructor (tree exp, unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT size, unsigned int align,
5436 bool reverse, oc_outer_state *outer)
5437 {
5438 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT cnt;
5439 constructor_elt *ce;
5440 oc_local_state local;
5441
5442 /* Setup our local state to communicate with helpers. */
5443 local.exp = exp;
5444 local.type = TREE_TYPE (exp);
5445 local.size = size;
5446 local.align = align;
5447 if (TREE_CODE (local.type) == ARRAY_TYPE && TYPE_DOMAIN (local.type))
5448 local.min_index = TYPE_MIN_VALUE (TYPE_DOMAIN (local.type));
5449 else
5450 local.min_index = integer_zero_node;
5451
5452 local.total_bytes = 0;
5453 local.byte_buffer_in_use = outer != NULL;
5454 local.byte = outer ? outer->byte : 0;
5455 local.last_relative_index = -1;
5456 /* The storage order is specified for every aggregate type. */
5457 if (AGGREGATE_TYPE_P (local.type))
5458 local.reverse = TYPE_REVERSE_STORAGE_ORDER (local.type);
5459 else
5460 local.reverse = reverse;
5461
5462 gcc_assert (HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT >= BITS_PER_UNIT);
5463
5464 /* As CE goes through the elements of the constant, FIELD goes through the
5465 structure fields if the constant is a structure. If the constant is a
5466 union, we override this by getting the field from the TREE_LIST element.
5467 But the constant could also be an array. Then FIELD is zero.
5468
5469 There is always a maximum of one element in the chain LINK for unions
5470 (even if the initializer in a source program incorrectly contains
5471 more one). */
5472
5473 if (TREE_CODE (local.type) == RECORD_TYPE)
5474 local.field = TYPE_FIELDS (local.type);
5475 else
5476 local.field = NULL_TREE;
5477
5478 for (cnt = 0;
5479 vec_safe_iterate (CONSTRUCTOR_ELTS (exp), cnt, &ce);
5480 cnt++, local.field = local.field ? DECL_CHAIN (local.field) : 0)
5481 {
5482 local.val = ce->value;
5483 local.index = NULL_TREE;
5484
5485 /* The element in a union constructor specifies the proper field
5486 or index. */
5487 if (RECORD_OR_UNION_TYPE_P (local.type) && ce->index != NULL_TREE)
5488 local.field = ce->index;
5489
5490 else if (TREE_CODE (local.type) == ARRAY_TYPE)
5491 local.index = ce->index;
5492
5493 if (local.field && flag_verbose_asm)
5494 fprintf (asm_out_file, "%s %s:\n",
5495 ASM_COMMENT_START,
5496 DECL_NAME (local.field)
5497 ? IDENTIFIER_POINTER (DECL_NAME (local.field))
5498 : "<anonymous>");
5499
5500 /* Eliminate the marker that makes a cast not be an lvalue. */
5501 if (local.val != NULL_TREE)
5502 STRIP_NOPS (local.val);
5503
5504 /* Output the current element, using the appropriate helper ... */
5505
5506 /* For an array slice not part of an outer bitfield. */
5507 if (!outer
5508 && local.index != NULL_TREE
5509 && TREE_CODE (local.index) == RANGE_EXPR)
5510 output_constructor_array_range (&local);
5511
5512 /* For a field that is neither a true bitfield nor part of an outer one,
5513 known to be at least byte aligned and multiple-of-bytes long. */
5514 else if (!outer
5515 && (local.field == NULL_TREE
5516 || !CONSTRUCTOR_BITFIELD_P (local.field)))
5517 output_constructor_regular_field (&local);
5518
5519 /* For a true bitfield or part of an outer one. Only INTEGER_CSTs are
5520 supported for scalar fields, so we may need to convert first. */
5521 else
5522 {
5523 if (TREE_CODE (local.val) == REAL_CST)
5524 local.val
5525 = fold_unary (VIEW_CONVERT_EXPR,
5526 build_nonstandard_integer_type
5527 (TYPE_PRECISION (TREE_TYPE (local.val)), 0),
5528 local.val);
5529 output_constructor_bitfield (&local, outer ? outer->bit_offset : 0);
5530 }
5531 }
5532
5533 /* If we are not at toplevel, save the pending data for our caller.
5534 Otherwise output the pending data and padding zeros as needed. */
5535 if (outer)
5536 outer->byte = local.byte;
5537 else
5538 {
5539 if (local.byte_buffer_in_use)
5540 {
5541 assemble_integer (GEN_INT (local.byte), 1, BITS_PER_UNIT, 1);
5542 local.total_bytes++;
5543 }
5544
5545 if ((unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT)local.total_bytes < local.size)
5546 {
5547 assemble_zeros (local.size - local.total_bytes);
5548 local.total_bytes = local.size;
5549 }
5550 }
5551
5552 return local.total_bytes;
5553 }
5554
5555 /* Mark DECL as weak. */
5556
5557 static void
5558 mark_weak (tree decl)
5559 {
5560 if (DECL_WEAK (decl))
5561 return;
5562
5563 struct symtab_node *n = symtab_node::get (decl);
5564 if (n && n->refuse_visibility_changes)
5565 error ("%+qD declared weak after being used", decl);
5566 DECL_WEAK (decl) = 1;
5567
5568 if (DECL_RTL_SET_P (decl)
5569 && MEM_P (DECL_RTL (decl))
5570 && XEXP (DECL_RTL (decl), 0)
5571 && GET_CODE (XEXP (DECL_RTL (decl), 0)) == SYMBOL_REF)
5572 SYMBOL_REF_WEAK (XEXP (DECL_RTL (decl), 0)) = 1;
5573 }
5574
5575 /* Merge weak status between NEWDECL and OLDDECL. */
5576
5577 void
5578 merge_weak (tree newdecl, tree olddecl)
5579 {
5580 if (DECL_WEAK (newdecl) == DECL_WEAK (olddecl))
5581 {
5582 if (DECL_WEAK (newdecl) && TARGET_SUPPORTS_WEAK)
5583 {
5584 tree *pwd;
5585 /* We put the NEWDECL on the weak_decls list at some point
5586 and OLDDECL as well. Keep just OLDDECL on the list. */
5587 for (pwd = &weak_decls; *pwd; pwd = &TREE_CHAIN (*pwd))
5588 if (TREE_VALUE (*pwd) == newdecl)
5589 {
5590 *pwd = TREE_CHAIN (*pwd);
5591 break;
5592 }
5593 }
5594 return;
5595 }
5596
5597 if (DECL_WEAK (newdecl))
5598 {
5599 tree wd;
5600
5601 /* NEWDECL is weak, but OLDDECL is not. */
5602
5603 /* If we already output the OLDDECL, we're in trouble; we can't
5604 go back and make it weak. This should never happen in
5605 unit-at-a-time compilation. */
5606 gcc_assert (!TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (olddecl));
5607
5608 /* If we've already generated rtl referencing OLDDECL, we may
5609 have done so in a way that will not function properly with
5610 a weak symbol. Again in unit-at-a-time this should be
5611 impossible. */
5612 gcc_assert (!TREE_USED (olddecl)
5613 || !TREE_SYMBOL_REFERENCED (DECL_ASSEMBLER_NAME (olddecl)));
5614
5615 /* PR 49899: You cannot convert a static function into a weak, public function. */
5616 if (! TREE_PUBLIC (olddecl) && TREE_PUBLIC (newdecl))
5617 error ("weak declaration of %q+D being applied to a already "
5618 "existing, static definition", newdecl);
5619
5620 if (TARGET_SUPPORTS_WEAK)
5621 {
5622 /* We put the NEWDECL on the weak_decls list at some point.
5623 Replace it with the OLDDECL. */
5624 for (wd = weak_decls; wd; wd = TREE_CHAIN (wd))
5625 if (TREE_VALUE (wd) == newdecl)
5626 {
5627 TREE_VALUE (wd) = olddecl;
5628 break;
5629 }
5630 /* We may not find the entry on the list. If NEWDECL is a
5631 weak alias, then we will have already called
5632 globalize_decl to remove the entry; in that case, we do
5633 not need to do anything. */
5634 }
5635
5636 /* Make the OLDDECL weak; it's OLDDECL that we'll be keeping. */
5637 mark_weak (olddecl);
5638 }
5639 else
5640 /* OLDDECL was weak, but NEWDECL was not explicitly marked as
5641 weak. Just update NEWDECL to indicate that it's weak too. */
5642 mark_weak (newdecl);
5643 }
5644
5645 /* Declare DECL to be a weak symbol. */
5646
5647 void
5648 declare_weak (tree decl)
5649 {
5650 gcc_assert (TREE_CODE (decl) != FUNCTION_DECL || !TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (decl));
5651 if (! TREE_PUBLIC (decl))
5652 {
5653 error ("weak declaration of %q+D must be public", decl);
5654 return;
5655 }
5656 else if (!TARGET_SUPPORTS_WEAK)
5657 warning (0, "weak declaration of %q+D not supported", decl);
5658
5659 mark_weak (decl);
5660 if (!lookup_attribute ("weak", DECL_ATTRIBUTES (decl)))
5661 DECL_ATTRIBUTES (decl)
5662 = tree_cons (get_identifier ("weak"), NULL, DECL_ATTRIBUTES (decl));
5663 }
5664
5665 static void
5666 weak_finish_1 (tree decl)
5667 {
5668 #if defined (ASM_WEAKEN_DECL) || defined (ASM_WEAKEN_LABEL)
5669 const char *const name = IDENTIFIER_POINTER (DECL_ASSEMBLER_NAME (decl));
5670 #endif
5671
5672 if (! TREE_USED (decl))
5673 return;
5674
5675 #ifdef ASM_WEAKEN_DECL
5676 ASM_WEAKEN_DECL (asm_out_file, decl, name, NULL);
5677 #else
5678 #ifdef ASM_WEAKEN_LABEL
5679 ASM_WEAKEN_LABEL (asm_out_file, name);
5680 #else
5681 #ifdef ASM_OUTPUT_WEAK_ALIAS
5682 {
5683 static bool warn_once = 0;
5684 if (! warn_once)
5685 {
5686 warning (0, "only weak aliases are supported in this configuration");
5687 warn_once = 1;
5688 }
5689 return;
5690 }
5691 #endif
5692 #endif
5693 #endif
5694 }
5695
5696 /* Fiven an assembly name, find the decl it is associated with. */
5697 static tree
5698 find_decl (tree target)
5699 {
5700 symtab_node *node = symtab_node::get_for_asmname (target);
5701 if (node)
5702 return node->decl;
5703 return NULL_TREE;
5704 }
5705
5706 /* This TREE_LIST contains weakref targets. */
5707
5708 static GTY(()) tree weakref_targets;
5709
5710 /* Emit any pending weak declarations. */
5711
5712 void
5713 weak_finish (void)
5714 {
5715 tree t;
5716
5717 for (t = weakref_targets; t; t = TREE_CHAIN (t))
5718 {
5719 tree alias_decl = TREE_PURPOSE (t);
5720 tree target = ultimate_transparent_alias_target (&TREE_VALUE (t));
5721
5722 if (! TREE_SYMBOL_REFERENCED (DECL_ASSEMBLER_NAME (alias_decl))
5723 || TREE_SYMBOL_REFERENCED (target))
5724 /* Remove alias_decl from the weak list, but leave entries for
5725 the target alone. */
5726 target = NULL_TREE;
5727 #ifndef ASM_OUTPUT_WEAKREF
5728 else if (! TREE_SYMBOL_REFERENCED (target))
5729 {
5730 /* Use ASM_WEAKEN_LABEL only if ASM_WEAKEN_DECL is not
5731 defined, otherwise we and weak_finish_1 would use
5732 different macros. */
5733 # if defined ASM_WEAKEN_LABEL && ! defined ASM_WEAKEN_DECL
5734 ASM_WEAKEN_LABEL (asm_out_file, IDENTIFIER_POINTER (target));
5735 # else
5736 tree decl = find_decl (target);
5737
5738 if (! decl)
5739 {
5740 decl = build_decl (DECL_SOURCE_LOCATION (alias_decl),
5741 TREE_CODE (alias_decl), target,
5742 TREE_TYPE (alias_decl));
5743
5744 DECL_EXTERNAL (decl) = 1;
5745 TREE_PUBLIC (decl) = 1;
5746 DECL_ARTIFICIAL (decl) = 1;
5747 TREE_NOTHROW (decl) = TREE_NOTHROW (alias_decl);
5748 TREE_USED (decl) = 1;
5749 }
5750
5751 weak_finish_1 (decl);
5752 # endif
5753 }
5754 #endif
5755
5756 {
5757 tree *p;
5758 tree t2;
5759
5760 /* Remove the alias and the target from the pending weak list
5761 so that we do not emit any .weak directives for the former,
5762 nor multiple .weak directives for the latter. */
5763 for (p = &weak_decls; (t2 = *p) ; )
5764 {
5765 if (TREE_VALUE (t2) == alias_decl
5766 || target == DECL_ASSEMBLER_NAME (TREE_VALUE (t2)))
5767 *p = TREE_CHAIN (t2);
5768 else
5769 p = &TREE_CHAIN (t2);
5770 }
5771
5772 /* Remove other weakrefs to the same target, to speed things up. */
5773 for (p = &TREE_CHAIN (t); (t2 = *p) ; )
5774 {
5775 if (target == ultimate_transparent_alias_target (&TREE_VALUE (t2)))
5776 *p = TREE_CHAIN (t2);
5777 else
5778 p = &TREE_CHAIN (t2);
5779 }
5780 }
5781 }
5782
5783 for (t = weak_decls; t; t = TREE_CHAIN (t))
5784 {
5785 tree decl = TREE_VALUE (t);
5786
5787 weak_finish_1 (decl);
5788 }
5789 }
5790
5791 /* Emit the assembly bits to indicate that DECL is globally visible. */
5792
5793 static void
5794 globalize_decl (tree decl)
5795 {
5796
5797 #if defined (ASM_WEAKEN_LABEL) || defined (ASM_WEAKEN_DECL)
5798 if (DECL_WEAK (decl))
5799 {
5800 const char *name = XSTR (XEXP (DECL_RTL (decl), 0), 0);
5801 tree *p, t;
5802
5803 #ifdef ASM_WEAKEN_DECL
5804 ASM_WEAKEN_DECL (asm_out_file, decl, name, 0);
5805 #else
5806 ASM_WEAKEN_LABEL (asm_out_file, name);
5807 #endif
5808
5809 /* Remove this function from the pending weak list so that
5810 we do not emit multiple .weak directives for it. */
5811 for (p = &weak_decls; (t = *p) ; )
5812 {
5813 if (DECL_ASSEMBLER_NAME (decl) == DECL_ASSEMBLER_NAME (TREE_VALUE (t)))
5814 *p = TREE_CHAIN (t);
5815 else
5816 p = &TREE_CHAIN (t);
5817 }
5818
5819 /* Remove weakrefs to the same target from the pending weakref
5820 list, for the same reason. */
5821 for (p = &weakref_targets; (t = *p) ; )
5822 {
5823 if (DECL_ASSEMBLER_NAME (decl)
5824 == ultimate_transparent_alias_target (&TREE_VALUE (t)))
5825 *p = TREE_CHAIN (t);
5826 else
5827 p = &TREE_CHAIN (t);
5828 }
5829
5830 return;
5831 }
5832 #endif
5833
5834 targetm.asm_out.globalize_decl_name (asm_out_file, decl);
5835 }
5836
5837 vec<alias_pair, va_gc> *alias_pairs;
5838
5839 /* Output the assembler code for a define (equate) using ASM_OUTPUT_DEF
5840 or ASM_OUTPUT_DEF_FROM_DECLS. The function defines the symbol whose
5841 tree node is DECL to have the value of the tree node TARGET. */
5842
5843 void
5844 do_assemble_alias (tree decl, tree target)
5845 {
5846 tree id;
5847
5848 /* Emulated TLS had better not get this var. */
5849 gcc_assert (!(!targetm.have_tls
5850 && VAR_P (decl)
5851 && DECL_THREAD_LOCAL_P (decl)));
5852
5853 if (TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (decl))
5854 return;
5855
5856 id = DECL_ASSEMBLER_NAME (decl);
5857 ultimate_transparent_alias_target (&id);
5858 ultimate_transparent_alias_target (&target);
5859
5860 /* We must force creation of DECL_RTL for debug info generation, even though
5861 we don't use it here. */
5862 make_decl_rtl (decl);
5863
5864 TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (decl) = 1;
5865 TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (DECL_ASSEMBLER_NAME (decl)) = 1;
5866 TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (id) = 1;
5867
5868 if (lookup_attribute ("weakref", DECL_ATTRIBUTES (decl)))
5869 {
5870 if (!TREE_SYMBOL_REFERENCED (target))
5871 weakref_targets = tree_cons (decl, target, weakref_targets);
5872
5873 #ifdef ASM_OUTPUT_WEAKREF
5874 ASM_OUTPUT_WEAKREF (asm_out_file, decl,
5875 IDENTIFIER_POINTER (id),
5876 IDENTIFIER_POINTER (target));
5877 #else
5878 if (!TARGET_SUPPORTS_WEAK)
5879 {
5880 error_at (DECL_SOURCE_LOCATION (decl),
5881 "weakref is not supported in this configuration");
5882 return;
5883 }
5884 #endif
5885 return;
5886 }
5887
5888 #ifdef ASM_OUTPUT_DEF
5889 tree orig_decl = decl;
5890
5891 /* Make name accessible from other files, if appropriate. */
5892
5893 if (TREE_PUBLIC (decl) || TREE_PUBLIC (orig_decl))
5894 {
5895 globalize_decl (decl);
5896 maybe_assemble_visibility (decl);
5897 }
5898 if (TREE_CODE (decl) == FUNCTION_DECL
5899 && cgraph_node::get (decl)->ifunc_resolver)
5900 {
5901 #if defined (ASM_OUTPUT_TYPE_DIRECTIVE)
5902 if (targetm.has_ifunc_p ())
5903 ASM_OUTPUT_TYPE_DIRECTIVE
5904 (asm_out_file, IDENTIFIER_POINTER (id),
5905 IFUNC_ASM_TYPE);
5906 else
5907 #endif
5908 error_at (DECL_SOURCE_LOCATION (decl),
5909 "%qs is not supported on this target", "ifunc");
5910 }
5911
5912 # ifdef ASM_OUTPUT_DEF_FROM_DECLS
5913 ASM_OUTPUT_DEF_FROM_DECLS (asm_out_file, decl, target);
5914 # else
5915 ASM_OUTPUT_DEF (asm_out_file,
5916 IDENTIFIER_POINTER (id),
5917 IDENTIFIER_POINTER (target));
5918 # endif
5919 #elif defined (ASM_OUTPUT_WEAK_ALIAS) || defined (ASM_WEAKEN_DECL)
5920 {
5921 const char *name;
5922 tree *p, t;
5923
5924 name = IDENTIFIER_POINTER (id);
5925 # ifdef ASM_WEAKEN_DECL
5926 ASM_WEAKEN_DECL (asm_out_file, decl, name, IDENTIFIER_POINTER (target));
5927 # else
5928 ASM_OUTPUT_WEAK_ALIAS (asm_out_file, name, IDENTIFIER_POINTER (target));
5929 # endif
5930 /* Remove this function from the pending weak list so that
5931 we do not emit multiple .weak directives for it. */
5932 for (p = &weak_decls; (t = *p) ; )
5933 if (DECL_ASSEMBLER_NAME (decl) == DECL_ASSEMBLER_NAME (TREE_VALUE (t))
5934 || id == DECL_ASSEMBLER_NAME (TREE_VALUE (t)))
5935 *p = TREE_CHAIN (t);
5936 else
5937 p = &TREE_CHAIN (t);
5938
5939 /* Remove weakrefs to the same target from the pending weakref
5940 list, for the same reason. */
5941 for (p = &weakref_targets; (t = *p) ; )
5942 {
5943 if (id == ultimate_transparent_alias_target (&TREE_VALUE (t)))
5944 *p = TREE_CHAIN (t);
5945 else
5946 p = &TREE_CHAIN (t);
5947 }
5948 }
5949 #endif
5950 }
5951
5952 /* Emit an assembler directive to make the symbol for DECL an alias to
5953 the symbol for TARGET. */
5954
5955 void
5956 assemble_alias (tree decl, tree target)
5957 {
5958 tree target_decl;
5959
5960 if (lookup_attribute ("weakref", DECL_ATTRIBUTES (decl)))
5961 {
5962 tree alias = DECL_ASSEMBLER_NAME (decl);
5963
5964 ultimate_transparent_alias_target (&target);
5965
5966 if (alias == target)
5967 error ("%qs symbol %q+D ultimately targets itself", "weakref", decl);
5968 if (TREE_PUBLIC (decl))
5969 error ("%qs symbol %q+D must have static linkage", "weakref", decl);
5970 }
5971 else
5972 {
5973 #if !defined (ASM_OUTPUT_DEF)
5974 # if !defined(ASM_OUTPUT_WEAK_ALIAS) && !defined (ASM_WEAKEN_DECL)
5975 error_at (DECL_SOURCE_LOCATION (decl),
5976 "alias definitions not supported in this configuration");
5977 TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (decl) = 1;
5978 return;
5979 # else
5980 if (!DECL_WEAK (decl))
5981 {
5982 /* NB: ifunc_resolver isn't set when an error is detected. */
5983 if (TREE_CODE (decl) == FUNCTION_DECL
5984 && lookup_attribute ("ifunc", DECL_ATTRIBUTES (decl)))
5985 error_at (DECL_SOURCE_LOCATION (decl),
5986 "%qs is not supported in this configuration", "ifunc");
5987 else
5988 error_at (DECL_SOURCE_LOCATION (decl),
5989 "only weak aliases are supported in this configuration");
5990 TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (decl) = 1;
5991 return;
5992 }
5993 # endif
5994 #endif
5995 }
5996 TREE_USED (decl) = 1;
5997
5998 /* Allow aliases to aliases. */
5999 if (TREE_CODE (decl) == FUNCTION_DECL)
6000 cgraph_node::get_create (decl)->alias = true;
6001 else
6002 varpool_node::get_create (decl)->alias = true;
6003
6004 /* If the target has already been emitted, we don't have to queue the
6005 alias. This saves a tad of memory. */
6006 if (symtab->global_info_ready)
6007 target_decl = find_decl (target);
6008 else
6009 target_decl= NULL;
6010 if ((target_decl && TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (target_decl))
6011 || symtab->state >= EXPANSION)
6012 do_assemble_alias (decl, target);
6013 else
6014 {
6015 alias_pair p = {decl, target};
6016 vec_safe_push (alias_pairs, p);
6017 }
6018 }
6019
6020 /* Record and output a table of translations from original function
6021 to its transaction aware clone. Note that tm_pure functions are
6022 considered to be their own clone. */
6023
6024 struct tm_clone_hasher : ggc_cache_ptr_hash<tree_map>
6025 {
6026 static hashval_t hash (tree_map *m) { return tree_map_hash (m); }
6027 static bool equal (tree_map *a, tree_map *b) { return tree_map_eq (a, b); }
6028
6029 static int
6030 keep_cache_entry (tree_map *&e)
6031 {
6032 return ggc_marked_p (e->base.from);
6033 }
6034 };
6035
6036 static GTY((cache)) hash_table<tm_clone_hasher> *tm_clone_hash;
6037
6038 void
6039 record_tm_clone_pair (tree o, tree n)
6040 {
6041 struct tree_map **slot, *h;
6042
6043 if (tm_clone_hash == NULL)
6044 tm_clone_hash = hash_table<tm_clone_hasher>::create_ggc (32);
6045
6046 h = ggc_alloc<tree_map> ();
6047 h->hash = htab_hash_pointer (o);
6048 h->base.from = o;
6049 h->to = n;
6050
6051 slot = tm_clone_hash->find_slot_with_hash (h, h->hash, INSERT);
6052 *slot = h;
6053 }
6054
6055 tree
6056 get_tm_clone_pair (tree o)
6057 {
6058 if (tm_clone_hash)
6059 {
6060 struct tree_map *h, in;
6061
6062 in.base.from = o;
6063 in.hash = htab_hash_pointer (o);
6064 h = tm_clone_hash->find_with_hash (&in, in.hash);
6065 if (h)
6066 return h->to;
6067 }
6068 return NULL_TREE;
6069 }
6070
6071 struct tm_alias_pair
6072 {
6073 unsigned int uid;
6074 tree from;
6075 tree to;
6076 };
6077
6078
6079 /* Dump the actual pairs to the .tm_clone_table section. */
6080
6081 static void
6082 dump_tm_clone_pairs (vec<tm_alias_pair> tm_alias_pairs)
6083 {
6084 unsigned i;
6085 tm_alias_pair *p;
6086 bool switched = false;
6087
6088 FOR_EACH_VEC_ELT (tm_alias_pairs, i, p)
6089 {
6090 tree src = p->from;
6091 tree dst = p->to;
6092 struct cgraph_node *src_n = cgraph_node::get (src);
6093 struct cgraph_node *dst_n = cgraph_node::get (dst);
6094
6095 /* The function ipa_tm_create_version() marks the clone as needed if
6096 the original function was needed. But we also mark the clone as
6097 needed if we ever called the clone indirectly through
6098 TM_GETTMCLONE. If neither of these are true, we didn't generate
6099 a clone, and we didn't call it indirectly... no sense keeping it
6100 in the clone table. */
6101 if (!dst_n || !dst_n->definition)
6102 continue;
6103
6104 /* This covers the case where we have optimized the original
6105 function away, and only access the transactional clone. */
6106 if (!src_n || !src_n->definition)
6107 continue;
6108
6109 if (!switched)
6110 {
6111 switch_to_section (targetm.asm_out.tm_clone_table_section ());
6112 assemble_align (POINTER_SIZE);
6113 switched = true;
6114 }
6115
6116 assemble_integer (XEXP (DECL_RTL (src), 0),
6117 POINTER_SIZE_UNITS, POINTER_SIZE, 1);
6118 assemble_integer (XEXP (DECL_RTL (dst), 0),
6119 POINTER_SIZE_UNITS, POINTER_SIZE, 1);
6120 }
6121 }
6122
6123 /* Provide a default for the tm_clone_table section. */
6124
6125 section *
6126 default_clone_table_section (void)
6127 {
6128 return get_named_section (NULL, ".tm_clone_table", 3);
6129 }
6130
6131 /* Helper comparison function for qsorting by the DECL_UID stored in
6132 alias_pair->emitted_diags. */
6133
6134 static int
6135 tm_alias_pair_cmp (const void *x, const void *y)
6136 {
6137 const tm_alias_pair *p1 = (const tm_alias_pair *) x;
6138 const tm_alias_pair *p2 = (const tm_alias_pair *) y;
6139 if (p1->uid < p2->uid)
6140 return -1;
6141 if (p1->uid > p2->uid)
6142 return 1;
6143 return 0;
6144 }
6145
6146 void
6147 finish_tm_clone_pairs (void)
6148 {
6149 vec<tm_alias_pair> tm_alias_pairs = vNULL;
6150
6151 if (tm_clone_hash == NULL)
6152 return;
6153
6154 /* We need a determenistic order for the .tm_clone_table, otherwise
6155 we will get bootstrap comparison failures, so dump the hash table
6156 to a vector, sort it, and dump the vector. */
6157
6158 /* Dump the hashtable to a vector. */
6159 tree_map *map;
6160 hash_table<tm_clone_hasher>::iterator iter;
6161 FOR_EACH_HASH_TABLE_ELEMENT (*tm_clone_hash, map, tree_map *, iter)
6162 {
6163 tm_alias_pair p = {DECL_UID (map->base.from), map->base.from, map->to};
6164 tm_alias_pairs.safe_push (p);
6165 }
6166 /* Sort it. */
6167 tm_alias_pairs.qsort (tm_alias_pair_cmp);
6168
6169 /* Dump it. */
6170 dump_tm_clone_pairs (tm_alias_pairs);
6171
6172 tm_clone_hash->empty ();
6173 tm_clone_hash = NULL;
6174 tm_alias_pairs.release ();
6175 }
6176
6177
6178 /* Emit an assembler directive to set symbol for DECL visibility to
6179 the visibility type VIS, which must not be VISIBILITY_DEFAULT. */
6180
6181 void
6182 default_assemble_visibility (tree decl ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
6183 int vis ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
6184 {
6185 #ifdef HAVE_GAS_HIDDEN
6186 static const char * const visibility_types[] = {
6187 NULL, "protected", "hidden", "internal"
6188 };
6189
6190 const char *name, *type;
6191 tree id;
6192
6193 id = DECL_ASSEMBLER_NAME (decl);
6194 ultimate_transparent_alias_target (&id);
6195 name = IDENTIFIER_POINTER (id);
6196
6197 type = visibility_types[vis];
6198
6199 fprintf (asm_out_file, "\t.%s\t", type);
6200 assemble_name (asm_out_file, name);
6201 fprintf (asm_out_file, "\n");
6202 #else
6203 if (!DECL_ARTIFICIAL (decl))
6204 warning (OPT_Wattributes, "visibility attribute not supported "
6205 "in this configuration; ignored");
6206 #endif
6207 }
6208
6209 /* A helper function to call assemble_visibility when needed for a decl. */
6210
6211 int
6212 maybe_assemble_visibility (tree decl)
6213 {
6214 enum symbol_visibility vis = DECL_VISIBILITY (decl);
6215 if (vis != VISIBILITY_DEFAULT)
6216 {
6217 targetm.asm_out.assemble_visibility (decl, vis);
6218 return 1;
6219 }
6220 else
6221 return 0;
6222 }
6223
6224 /* Returns 1 if the target configuration supports defining public symbols
6225 so that one of them will be chosen at link time instead of generating a
6226 multiply-defined symbol error, whether through the use of weak symbols or
6227 a target-specific mechanism for having duplicates discarded. */
6228
6229 int
6230 supports_one_only (void)
6231 {
6232 if (SUPPORTS_ONE_ONLY)
6233 return 1;
6234 return TARGET_SUPPORTS_WEAK;
6235 }
6236
6237 /* Set up DECL as a public symbol that can be defined in multiple
6238 translation units without generating a linker error. */
6239
6240 void
6241 make_decl_one_only (tree decl, tree comdat_group)
6242 {
6243 struct symtab_node *symbol;
6244 gcc_assert (VAR_OR_FUNCTION_DECL_P (decl));
6245
6246 TREE_PUBLIC (decl) = 1;
6247
6248 if (VAR_P (decl))
6249 symbol = varpool_node::get_create (decl);
6250 else
6251 symbol = cgraph_node::get_create (decl);
6252
6253 if (SUPPORTS_ONE_ONLY)
6254 {
6255 #ifdef MAKE_DECL_ONE_ONLY
6256 MAKE_DECL_ONE_ONLY (decl);
6257 #endif
6258 symbol->set_comdat_group (comdat_group);
6259 }
6260 else if (VAR_P (decl)
6261 && (DECL_INITIAL (decl) == 0
6262 || (!in_lto_p && DECL_INITIAL (decl) == error_mark_node)))
6263 DECL_COMMON (decl) = 1;
6264 else
6265 {
6266 gcc_assert (TARGET_SUPPORTS_WEAK);
6267 DECL_WEAK (decl) = 1;
6268 }
6269 }
6270
6271 void
6272 init_varasm_once (void)
6273 {
6274 section_htab = hash_table<section_hasher>::create_ggc (31);
6275 object_block_htab = hash_table<object_block_hasher>::create_ggc (31);
6276 const_desc_htab = hash_table<tree_descriptor_hasher>::create_ggc (1009);
6277
6278 shared_constant_pool = create_constant_pool ();
6279
6280 #ifdef TEXT_SECTION_ASM_OP
6281 text_section = get_unnamed_section (SECTION_CODE, output_section_asm_op,
6282 TEXT_SECTION_ASM_OP);
6283 #endif
6284
6285 #ifdef DATA_SECTION_ASM_OP
6286 data_section = get_unnamed_section (SECTION_WRITE, output_section_asm_op,
6287 DATA_SECTION_ASM_OP);
6288 #endif
6289
6290 #ifdef SDATA_SECTION_ASM_OP
6291 sdata_section = get_unnamed_section (SECTION_WRITE, output_section_asm_op,
6292 SDATA_SECTION_ASM_OP);
6293 #endif
6294
6295 #ifdef READONLY_DATA_SECTION_ASM_OP
6296 readonly_data_section = get_unnamed_section (0, output_section_asm_op,
6297 READONLY_DATA_SECTION_ASM_OP);
6298 #endif
6299
6300 #ifdef CTORS_SECTION_ASM_OP
6301 ctors_section = get_unnamed_section (0, output_section_asm_op,
6302 CTORS_SECTION_ASM_OP);
6303 #endif
6304
6305 #ifdef DTORS_SECTION_ASM_OP
6306 dtors_section = get_unnamed_section (0, output_section_asm_op,
6307 DTORS_SECTION_ASM_OP);
6308 #endif
6309
6310 #ifdef BSS_SECTION_ASM_OP
6311 bss_section = get_unnamed_section (SECTION_WRITE | SECTION_BSS,
6312 output_section_asm_op,
6313 BSS_SECTION_ASM_OP);
6314 #endif
6315
6316 #ifdef SBSS_SECTION_ASM_OP
6317 sbss_section = get_unnamed_section (SECTION_WRITE | SECTION_BSS,
6318 output_section_asm_op,
6319 SBSS_SECTION_ASM_OP);
6320 #endif
6321
6322 tls_comm_section = get_noswitch_section (SECTION_WRITE | SECTION_BSS
6323 | SECTION_COMMON, emit_tls_common);
6324 lcomm_section = get_noswitch_section (SECTION_WRITE | SECTION_BSS
6325 | SECTION_COMMON, emit_local);
6326 comm_section = get_noswitch_section (SECTION_WRITE | SECTION_BSS
6327 | SECTION_COMMON, emit_common);
6328
6329 #if defined ASM_OUTPUT_ALIGNED_BSS
6330 bss_noswitch_section = get_noswitch_section (SECTION_WRITE | SECTION_BSS,
6331 emit_bss);
6332 #endif
6333
6334 targetm.asm_out.init_sections ();
6335
6336 if (readonly_data_section == NULL)
6337 readonly_data_section = text_section;
6338
6339 #ifdef ASM_OUTPUT_EXTERNAL
6340 pending_assemble_externals_set = new hash_set<tree>;
6341 #endif
6342 }
6343
6344 enum tls_model
6345 decl_default_tls_model (const_tree decl)
6346 {
6347 enum tls_model kind;
6348 bool is_local;
6349
6350 is_local = targetm.binds_local_p (decl);
6351 if (!flag_shlib)
6352 {
6353 if (is_local)
6354 kind = TLS_MODEL_LOCAL_EXEC;
6355 else
6356 kind = TLS_MODEL_INITIAL_EXEC;
6357 }
6358
6359 /* Local dynamic is inefficient when we're not combining the
6360 parts of the address. */
6361 else if (optimize && is_local)
6362 kind = TLS_MODEL_LOCAL_DYNAMIC;
6363 else
6364 kind = TLS_MODEL_GLOBAL_DYNAMIC;
6365 if (kind < flag_tls_default)
6366 kind = flag_tls_default;
6367
6368 return kind;
6369 }
6370
6371 /* Select a set of attributes for section NAME based on the properties
6372 of DECL and whether or not RELOC indicates that DECL's initializer
6373 might contain runtime relocations.
6374
6375 We make the section read-only and executable for a function decl,
6376 read-only for a const data decl, and writable for a non-const data decl. */
6377
6378 unsigned int
6379 default_section_type_flags (tree decl, const char *name, int reloc)
6380 {
6381 unsigned int flags;
6382
6383 if (decl && TREE_CODE (decl) == FUNCTION_DECL)
6384 flags = SECTION_CODE;
6385 else if (decl)
6386 {
6387 enum section_category category
6388 = categorize_decl_for_section (decl, reloc);
6389 if (decl_readonly_section_1 (category))
6390 flags = 0;
6391 else if (category == SECCAT_DATA_REL_RO
6392 || category == SECCAT_DATA_REL_RO_LOCAL)
6393 flags = SECTION_WRITE | SECTION_RELRO;
6394 else
6395 flags = SECTION_WRITE;
6396 }
6397 else
6398 {
6399 flags = SECTION_WRITE;
6400 if (strcmp (name, ".data.rel.ro") == 0
6401 || strcmp (name, ".data.rel.ro.local") == 0)
6402 flags |= SECTION_RELRO;
6403 }
6404
6405 if (decl && DECL_P (decl) && DECL_COMDAT_GROUP (decl))
6406 flags |= SECTION_LINKONCE;
6407
6408 if (strcmp (name, ".vtable_map_vars") == 0)
6409 flags |= SECTION_LINKONCE;
6410
6411 if (decl && VAR_P (decl) && DECL_THREAD_LOCAL_P (decl))
6412 flags |= SECTION_TLS | SECTION_WRITE;
6413
6414 if (strcmp (name, ".bss") == 0
6415 || strncmp (name, ".bss.", 5) == 0
6416 || strncmp (name, ".gnu.linkonce.b.", 16) == 0
6417 || strcmp (name, ".persistent.bss") == 0
6418 || strcmp (name, ".sbss") == 0
6419 || strncmp (name, ".sbss.", 6) == 0
6420 || strncmp (name, ".gnu.linkonce.sb.", 17) == 0)
6421 flags |= SECTION_BSS;
6422
6423 if (strcmp (name, ".tdata") == 0
6424 || strncmp (name, ".tdata.", 7) == 0
6425 || strncmp (name, ".gnu.linkonce.td.", 17) == 0)
6426 flags |= SECTION_TLS;
6427
6428 if (strcmp (name, ".tbss") == 0
6429 || strncmp (name, ".tbss.", 6) == 0
6430 || strncmp (name, ".gnu.linkonce.tb.", 17) == 0)
6431 flags |= SECTION_TLS | SECTION_BSS;
6432
6433 if (strcmp (name, ".noinit") == 0)
6434 flags |= SECTION_WRITE | SECTION_BSS | SECTION_NOTYPE;
6435
6436 /* Various sections have special ELF types that the assembler will
6437 assign by default based on the name. They are neither SHT_PROGBITS
6438 nor SHT_NOBITS, so when changing sections we don't want to print a
6439 section type (@progbits or @nobits). Rather than duplicating the
6440 assembler's knowledge of what those special name patterns are, just
6441 let the assembler choose the type if we don't know a specific
6442 reason to set it to something other than the default. SHT_PROGBITS
6443 is the default for sections whose name is not specially known to
6444 the assembler, so it does no harm to leave the choice to the
6445 assembler when @progbits is the best thing we know to use. If
6446 someone is silly enough to emit code or TLS variables to one of
6447 these sections, then don't handle them specially.
6448
6449 default_elf_asm_named_section (below) handles the BSS, TLS, ENTSIZE, and
6450 LINKONCE cases when NOTYPE is not set, so leave those to its logic. */
6451 if (!(flags & (SECTION_CODE | SECTION_BSS | SECTION_TLS | SECTION_ENTSIZE))
6452 && !(HAVE_COMDAT_GROUP && (flags & SECTION_LINKONCE)))
6453 flags |= SECTION_NOTYPE;
6454
6455 return flags;
6456 }
6457
6458 /* Return true if the target supports some form of global BSS,
6459 either through bss_noswitch_section, or by selecting a BSS
6460 section in TARGET_ASM_SELECT_SECTION. */
6461
6462 bool
6463 have_global_bss_p (void)
6464 {
6465 return bss_noswitch_section || targetm.have_switchable_bss_sections;
6466 }
6467
6468 /* Output assembly to switch to section NAME with attribute FLAGS.
6469 Four variants for common object file formats. */
6470
6471 void
6472 default_no_named_section (const char *name ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
6473 unsigned int flags ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
6474 tree decl ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
6475 {
6476 /* Some object formats don't support named sections at all. The
6477 front-end should already have flagged this as an error. */
6478 gcc_unreachable ();
6479 }
6480
6481 #ifndef TLS_SECTION_ASM_FLAG
6482 #define TLS_SECTION_ASM_FLAG 'T'
6483 #endif
6484
6485 void
6486 default_elf_asm_named_section (const char *name, unsigned int flags,
6487 tree decl)
6488 {
6489 char flagchars[11], *f = flagchars;
6490 unsigned int numeric_value = 0;
6491
6492 /* If we have already declared this section, we can use an
6493 abbreviated form to switch back to it -- unless this section is
6494 part of a COMDAT groups, in which case GAS requires the full
6495 declaration every time. */
6496 if (!(HAVE_COMDAT_GROUP && (flags & SECTION_LINKONCE))
6497 && (flags & SECTION_DECLARED))
6498 {
6499 fprintf (asm_out_file, "\t.section\t%s\n", name);
6500 return;
6501 }
6502
6503 /* If we have a machine specific flag, then use the numeric value to pass
6504 this on to GAS. */
6505 if (targetm.asm_out.elf_flags_numeric (flags, &numeric_value))
6506 snprintf (f, sizeof (flagchars), "0x%08x", numeric_value);
6507 else
6508 {
6509 if (!(flags & SECTION_DEBUG))
6510 *f++ = 'a';
6511 #if HAVE_GAS_SECTION_EXCLUDE
6512 if (flags & SECTION_EXCLUDE)
6513 *f++ = 'e';
6514 #endif
6515 if (flags & SECTION_WRITE)
6516 *f++ = 'w';
6517 if (flags & SECTION_CODE)
6518 *f++ = 'x';
6519 if (flags & SECTION_SMALL)
6520 *f++ = 's';
6521 if (flags & SECTION_MERGE)
6522 *f++ = 'M';
6523 if (flags & SECTION_STRINGS)
6524 *f++ = 'S';
6525 if (flags & SECTION_TLS)
6526 *f++ = TLS_SECTION_ASM_FLAG;
6527 if (HAVE_COMDAT_GROUP && (flags & SECTION_LINKONCE))
6528 *f++ = 'G';
6529 #ifdef MACH_DEP_SECTION_ASM_FLAG
6530 if (flags & SECTION_MACH_DEP)
6531 *f++ = MACH_DEP_SECTION_ASM_FLAG;
6532 #endif
6533 *f = '\0';
6534 }
6535
6536 fprintf (asm_out_file, "\t.section\t%s,\"%s\"", name, flagchars);
6537
6538 /* default_section_type_flags (above) knows which flags need special
6539 handling here, and sets NOTYPE when none of these apply so that the
6540 assembler's logic for default types can apply to user-chosen
6541 section names. */
6542 if (!(flags & SECTION_NOTYPE))
6543 {
6544 const char *type;
6545 const char *format;
6546
6547 if (flags & SECTION_BSS)
6548 type = "nobits";
6549 else
6550 type = "progbits";
6551
6552 format = ",@%s";
6553 /* On platforms that use "@" as the assembly comment character,
6554 use "%" instead. */
6555 if (strcmp (ASM_COMMENT_START, "@") == 0)
6556 format = ",%%%s";
6557 fprintf (asm_out_file, format, type);
6558
6559 if (flags & SECTION_ENTSIZE)
6560 fprintf (asm_out_file, ",%d", flags & SECTION_ENTSIZE);
6561 if (HAVE_COMDAT_GROUP && (flags & SECTION_LINKONCE))
6562 {
6563 if (TREE_CODE (decl) == IDENTIFIER_NODE)
6564 fprintf (asm_out_file, ",%s,comdat", IDENTIFIER_POINTER (decl));
6565 else
6566 fprintf (asm_out_file, ",%s,comdat",
6567 IDENTIFIER_POINTER (DECL_COMDAT_GROUP (decl)));
6568 }
6569 }
6570
6571 putc ('\n', asm_out_file);
6572 }
6573
6574 void
6575 default_coff_asm_named_section (const char *name, unsigned int flags,
6576 tree decl ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
6577 {
6578 char flagchars[8], *f = flagchars;
6579
6580 if (flags & SECTION_WRITE)
6581 *f++ = 'w';
6582 if (flags & SECTION_CODE)
6583 *f++ = 'x';
6584 *f = '\0';
6585
6586 fprintf (asm_out_file, "\t.section\t%s,\"%s\"\n", name, flagchars);
6587 }
6588
6589 void
6590 default_pe_asm_named_section (const char *name, unsigned int flags,
6591 tree decl)
6592 {
6593 default_coff_asm_named_section (name, flags, decl);
6594
6595 if (flags & SECTION_LINKONCE)
6596 {
6597 /* Functions may have been compiled at various levels of
6598 optimization so we can't use `same_size' here.
6599 Instead, have the linker pick one. */
6600 fprintf (asm_out_file, "\t.linkonce %s\n",
6601 (flags & SECTION_CODE ? "discard" : "same_size"));
6602 }
6603 }
6604 \f
6605 /* The lame default section selector. */
6606
6607 section *
6608 default_select_section (tree decl, int reloc,
6609 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT align ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
6610 {
6611 if (DECL_P (decl))
6612 {
6613 if (decl_readonly_section (decl, reloc))
6614 return readonly_data_section;
6615 }
6616 else if (TREE_CODE (decl) == CONSTRUCTOR)
6617 {
6618 if (! ((flag_pic && reloc)
6619 || !TREE_READONLY (decl)
6620 || TREE_SIDE_EFFECTS (decl)
6621 || !TREE_CONSTANT (decl)))
6622 return readonly_data_section;
6623 }
6624 else if (TREE_CODE (decl) == STRING_CST)
6625 return readonly_data_section;
6626 else if (! (flag_pic && reloc))
6627 return readonly_data_section;
6628
6629 return data_section;
6630 }
6631
6632 enum section_category
6633 categorize_decl_for_section (const_tree decl, int reloc)
6634 {
6635 enum section_category ret;
6636
6637 if (TREE_CODE (decl) == FUNCTION_DECL)
6638 return SECCAT_TEXT;
6639 else if (TREE_CODE (decl) == STRING_CST)
6640 {
6641 if ((flag_sanitize & SANITIZE_ADDRESS)
6642 && asan_protect_global (CONST_CAST_TREE (decl)))
6643 /* or !flag_merge_constants */
6644 return SECCAT_RODATA;
6645 else
6646 return SECCAT_RODATA_MERGE_STR;
6647 }
6648 else if (VAR_P (decl))
6649 {
6650 tree d = CONST_CAST_TREE (decl);
6651 if (bss_initializer_p (decl))
6652 ret = SECCAT_BSS;
6653 else if (! TREE_READONLY (decl)
6654 || TREE_SIDE_EFFECTS (decl)
6655 || (DECL_INITIAL (decl)
6656 && ! TREE_CONSTANT (DECL_INITIAL (decl))))
6657 {
6658 /* Here the reloc_rw_mask is not testing whether the section should
6659 be read-only or not, but whether the dynamic link will have to
6660 do something. If so, we wish to segregate the data in order to
6661 minimize cache misses inside the dynamic linker. */
6662 if (reloc & targetm.asm_out.reloc_rw_mask ())
6663 ret = reloc == 1 ? SECCAT_DATA_REL_LOCAL : SECCAT_DATA_REL;
6664 else
6665 ret = SECCAT_DATA;
6666 }
6667 else if (reloc & targetm.asm_out.reloc_rw_mask ())
6668 ret = reloc == 1 ? SECCAT_DATA_REL_RO_LOCAL : SECCAT_DATA_REL_RO;
6669 else if (reloc || flag_merge_constants < 2
6670 || ((flag_sanitize & SANITIZE_ADDRESS)
6671 /* PR 81697: for architectures that use section anchors we
6672 need to ignore DECL_RTL_SET_P (decl) for string constants
6673 inside this asan_protect_global call because otherwise
6674 we'll wrongly put them into SECCAT_RODATA_MERGE_CONST
6675 section, set DECL_RTL (decl) later on and add DECL to
6676 protected globals via successive asan_protect_global
6677 calls. In this scenario we'll end up with wrong
6678 alignment of these strings at runtime and possible ASan
6679 false positives. */
6680 && asan_protect_global (d, use_object_blocks_p ()
6681 && use_blocks_for_decl_p (d))))
6682 /* C and C++ don't allow different variables to share the same
6683 location. -fmerge-all-constants allows even that (at the
6684 expense of not conforming). */
6685 ret = SECCAT_RODATA;
6686 else if (DECL_INITIAL (decl)
6687 && TREE_CODE (DECL_INITIAL (decl)) == STRING_CST)
6688 ret = SECCAT_RODATA_MERGE_STR_INIT;
6689 else
6690 ret = SECCAT_RODATA_MERGE_CONST;
6691 }
6692 else if (TREE_CODE (decl) == CONSTRUCTOR)
6693 {
6694 if ((reloc & targetm.asm_out.reloc_rw_mask ())
6695 || TREE_SIDE_EFFECTS (decl)
6696 || ! TREE_CONSTANT (decl))
6697 ret = SECCAT_DATA;
6698 else
6699 ret = SECCAT_RODATA;
6700 }
6701 else
6702 ret = SECCAT_RODATA;
6703
6704 /* There are no read-only thread-local sections. */
6705 if (VAR_P (decl) && DECL_THREAD_LOCAL_P (decl))
6706 {
6707 /* Note that this would be *just* SECCAT_BSS, except that there's
6708 no concept of a read-only thread-local-data section. */
6709 if (ret == SECCAT_BSS
6710 || DECL_INITIAL (decl) == NULL
6711 || (flag_zero_initialized_in_bss
6712 && initializer_zerop (DECL_INITIAL (decl))))
6713 ret = SECCAT_TBSS;
6714 else
6715 ret = SECCAT_TDATA;
6716 }
6717
6718 /* If the target uses small data sections, select it. */
6719 else if (targetm.in_small_data_p (decl))
6720 {
6721 if (ret == SECCAT_BSS)
6722 ret = SECCAT_SBSS;
6723 else if (targetm.have_srodata_section && ret == SECCAT_RODATA)
6724 ret = SECCAT_SRODATA;
6725 else
6726 ret = SECCAT_SDATA;
6727 }
6728
6729 return ret;
6730 }
6731
6732 static bool
6733 decl_readonly_section_1 (enum section_category category)
6734 {
6735 switch (category)
6736 {
6737 case SECCAT_RODATA:
6738 case SECCAT_RODATA_MERGE_STR:
6739 case SECCAT_RODATA_MERGE_STR_INIT:
6740 case SECCAT_RODATA_MERGE_CONST:
6741 case SECCAT_SRODATA:
6742 return true;
6743 default:
6744 return false;
6745 }
6746 }
6747
6748 bool
6749 decl_readonly_section (const_tree decl, int reloc)
6750 {
6751 return decl_readonly_section_1 (categorize_decl_for_section (decl, reloc));
6752 }
6753
6754 /* Select a section based on the above categorization. */
6755
6756 section *
6757 default_elf_select_section (tree decl, int reloc,
6758 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT align)
6759 {
6760 const char *sname;
6761
6762 switch (categorize_decl_for_section (decl, reloc))
6763 {
6764 case SECCAT_TEXT:
6765 /* We're not supposed to be called on FUNCTION_DECLs. */
6766 gcc_unreachable ();
6767 case SECCAT_RODATA:
6768 return readonly_data_section;
6769 case SECCAT_RODATA_MERGE_STR:
6770 return mergeable_string_section (decl, align, 0);
6771 case SECCAT_RODATA_MERGE_STR_INIT:
6772 return mergeable_string_section (DECL_INITIAL (decl), align, 0);
6773 case SECCAT_RODATA_MERGE_CONST:
6774 return mergeable_constant_section (DECL_MODE (decl), align, 0);
6775 case SECCAT_SRODATA:
6776 sname = ".sdata2";
6777 break;
6778 case SECCAT_DATA:
6779 return data_section;
6780 case SECCAT_DATA_REL:
6781 sname = ".data.rel";
6782 break;
6783 case SECCAT_DATA_REL_LOCAL:
6784 sname = ".data.rel.local";
6785 break;
6786 case SECCAT_DATA_REL_RO:
6787 sname = ".data.rel.ro";
6788 break;
6789 case SECCAT_DATA_REL_RO_LOCAL:
6790 sname = ".data.rel.ro.local";
6791 break;
6792 case SECCAT_SDATA:
6793 sname = ".sdata";
6794 break;
6795 case SECCAT_TDATA:
6796 sname = ".tdata";
6797 break;
6798 case SECCAT_BSS:
6799 if (DECL_P (decl)
6800 && lookup_attribute ("noinit", DECL_ATTRIBUTES (decl)) != NULL_TREE)
6801 {
6802 sname = ".noinit";
6803 break;
6804 }
6805
6806 if (bss_section)
6807 return bss_section;
6808 sname = ".bss";
6809 break;
6810 case SECCAT_SBSS:
6811 sname = ".sbss";
6812 break;
6813 case SECCAT_TBSS:
6814 sname = ".tbss";
6815 break;
6816 default:
6817 gcc_unreachable ();
6818 }
6819
6820 return get_named_section (decl, sname, reloc);
6821 }
6822
6823 /* Construct a unique section name based on the decl name and the
6824 categorization performed above. */
6825
6826 void
6827 default_unique_section (tree decl, int reloc)
6828 {
6829 /* We only need to use .gnu.linkonce if we don't have COMDAT groups. */
6830 bool one_only = DECL_ONE_ONLY (decl) && !HAVE_COMDAT_GROUP;
6831 const char *prefix, *name, *linkonce;
6832 char *string;
6833 tree id;
6834
6835 switch (categorize_decl_for_section (decl, reloc))
6836 {
6837 case SECCAT_TEXT:
6838 prefix = one_only ? ".t" : ".text";
6839 break;
6840 case SECCAT_RODATA:
6841 case SECCAT_RODATA_MERGE_STR:
6842 case SECCAT_RODATA_MERGE_STR_INIT:
6843 case SECCAT_RODATA_MERGE_CONST:
6844 prefix = one_only ? ".r" : ".rodata";
6845 break;
6846 case SECCAT_SRODATA:
6847 prefix = one_only ? ".s2" : ".sdata2";
6848 break;
6849 case SECCAT_DATA:
6850 prefix = one_only ? ".d" : ".data";
6851 break;
6852 case SECCAT_DATA_REL:
6853 prefix = one_only ? ".d.rel" : ".data.rel";
6854 break;
6855 case SECCAT_DATA_REL_LOCAL:
6856 prefix = one_only ? ".d.rel.local" : ".data.rel.local";
6857 break;
6858 case SECCAT_DATA_REL_RO:
6859 prefix = one_only ? ".d.rel.ro" : ".data.rel.ro";
6860 break;
6861 case SECCAT_DATA_REL_RO_LOCAL:
6862 prefix = one_only ? ".d.rel.ro.local" : ".data.rel.ro.local";
6863 break;
6864 case SECCAT_SDATA:
6865 prefix = one_only ? ".s" : ".sdata";
6866 break;
6867 case SECCAT_BSS:
6868 prefix = one_only ? ".b" : ".bss";
6869 break;
6870 case SECCAT_SBSS:
6871 prefix = one_only ? ".sb" : ".sbss";
6872 break;
6873 case SECCAT_TDATA:
6874 prefix = one_only ? ".td" : ".tdata";
6875 break;
6876 case SECCAT_TBSS:
6877 prefix = one_only ? ".tb" : ".tbss";
6878 break;
6879 default:
6880 gcc_unreachable ();
6881 }
6882
6883 id = DECL_ASSEMBLER_NAME (decl);
6884 ultimate_transparent_alias_target (&id);
6885 name = IDENTIFIER_POINTER (id);
6886 name = targetm.strip_name_encoding (name);
6887
6888 /* If we're using one_only, then there needs to be a .gnu.linkonce
6889 prefix to the section name. */
6890 linkonce = one_only ? ".gnu.linkonce" : "";
6891
6892 string = ACONCAT ((linkonce, prefix, ".", name, NULL));
6893
6894 set_decl_section_name (decl, string);
6895 }
6896
6897 /* Subroutine of compute_reloc_for_rtx for leaf rtxes. */
6898
6899 static int
6900 compute_reloc_for_rtx_1 (const_rtx x)
6901 {
6902 switch (GET_CODE (x))
6903 {
6904 case SYMBOL_REF:
6905 return SYMBOL_REF_LOCAL_P (x) ? 1 : 2;
6906 case LABEL_REF:
6907 return 1;
6908 default:
6909 return 0;
6910 }
6911 }
6912
6913 /* Like compute_reloc_for_constant, except for an RTX. The return value
6914 is a mask for which bit 1 indicates a global relocation, and bit 0
6915 indicates a local relocation. */
6916
6917 static int
6918 compute_reloc_for_rtx (const_rtx x)
6919 {
6920 switch (GET_CODE (x))
6921 {
6922 case SYMBOL_REF:
6923 case LABEL_REF:
6924 return compute_reloc_for_rtx_1 (x);
6925
6926 case CONST:
6927 {
6928 int reloc = 0;
6929 subrtx_iterator::array_type array;
6930 FOR_EACH_SUBRTX (iter, array, x, ALL)
6931 reloc |= compute_reloc_for_rtx_1 (*iter);
6932 return reloc;
6933 }
6934
6935 default:
6936 return 0;
6937 }
6938 }
6939
6940 section *
6941 default_select_rtx_section (machine_mode mode ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
6942 rtx x,
6943 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT align ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
6944 {
6945 if (compute_reloc_for_rtx (x) & targetm.asm_out.reloc_rw_mask ())
6946 return data_section;
6947 else
6948 return readonly_data_section;
6949 }
6950
6951 section *
6952 default_elf_select_rtx_section (machine_mode mode, rtx x,
6953 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT align)
6954 {
6955 int reloc = compute_reloc_for_rtx (x);
6956
6957 /* ??? Handle small data here somehow. */
6958
6959 if (reloc & targetm.asm_out.reloc_rw_mask ())
6960 {
6961 if (reloc == 1)
6962 return get_named_section (NULL, ".data.rel.ro.local", 1);
6963 else
6964 return get_named_section (NULL, ".data.rel.ro", 3);
6965 }
6966
6967 return mergeable_constant_section (mode, align, 0);
6968 }
6969
6970 /* Set the generally applicable flags on the SYMBOL_REF for EXP. */
6971
6972 void
6973 default_encode_section_info (tree decl, rtx rtl, int first ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
6974 {
6975 rtx symbol;
6976 int flags;
6977
6978 /* Careful not to prod global register variables. */
6979 if (!MEM_P (rtl))
6980 return;
6981 symbol = XEXP (rtl, 0);
6982 if (GET_CODE (symbol) != SYMBOL_REF)
6983 return;
6984
6985 flags = SYMBOL_REF_FLAGS (symbol) & SYMBOL_FLAG_HAS_BLOCK_INFO;
6986 if (TREE_CODE (decl) == FUNCTION_DECL)
6987 flags |= SYMBOL_FLAG_FUNCTION;
6988 if (targetm.binds_local_p (decl))
6989 flags |= SYMBOL_FLAG_LOCAL;
6990 if (VAR_P (decl) && DECL_THREAD_LOCAL_P (decl))
6991 flags |= DECL_TLS_MODEL (decl) << SYMBOL_FLAG_TLS_SHIFT;
6992 else if (targetm.in_small_data_p (decl))
6993 flags |= SYMBOL_FLAG_SMALL;
6994 /* ??? Why is DECL_EXTERNAL ever set for non-PUBLIC names? Without
6995 being PUBLIC, the thing *must* be defined in this translation unit.
6996 Prevent this buglet from being propagated into rtl code as well. */
6997 if (DECL_P (decl) && DECL_EXTERNAL (decl) && TREE_PUBLIC (decl))
6998 flags |= SYMBOL_FLAG_EXTERNAL;
6999
7000 SYMBOL_REF_FLAGS (symbol) = flags;
7001 }
7002
7003 /* By default, we do nothing for encode_section_info, so we need not
7004 do anything but discard the '*' marker. */
7005
7006 const char *
7007 default_strip_name_encoding (const char *str)
7008 {
7009 return str + (*str == '*');
7010 }
7011
7012 #ifdef ASM_OUTPUT_DEF
7013 /* The default implementation of TARGET_ASM_OUTPUT_ANCHOR. Define the
7014 anchor relative to ".", the current section position. */
7015
7016 void
7017 default_asm_output_anchor (rtx symbol)
7018 {
7019 char buffer[100];
7020
7021 sprintf (buffer, "*. + " HOST_WIDE_INT_PRINT_DEC,
7022 SYMBOL_REF_BLOCK_OFFSET (symbol));
7023 ASM_OUTPUT_DEF (asm_out_file, XSTR (symbol, 0), buffer);
7024 }
7025 #endif
7026
7027 /* The default implementation of TARGET_USE_ANCHORS_FOR_SYMBOL_P. */
7028
7029 bool
7030 default_use_anchors_for_symbol_p (const_rtx symbol)
7031 {
7032 tree decl;
7033 section *sect = SYMBOL_REF_BLOCK (symbol)->sect;
7034
7035 /* This function should only be called with non-zero SYMBOL_REF_BLOCK,
7036 furthermore get_block_for_section should not create object blocks
7037 for mergeable sections. */
7038 gcc_checking_assert (sect && !(sect->common.flags & SECTION_MERGE));
7039
7040 /* Don't use anchors for small data sections. The small data register
7041 acts as an anchor for such sections. */
7042 if (sect->common.flags & SECTION_SMALL)
7043 return false;
7044
7045 decl = SYMBOL_REF_DECL (symbol);
7046 if (decl && DECL_P (decl))
7047 {
7048 /* Don't use section anchors for decls that might be defined or
7049 usurped by other modules. */
7050 if (TREE_PUBLIC (decl) && !decl_binds_to_current_def_p (decl))
7051 return false;
7052
7053 /* Don't use section anchors for decls that will be placed in a
7054 small data section. */
7055 /* ??? Ideally, this check would be redundant with the SECTION_SMALL
7056 one above. The problem is that we only use SECTION_SMALL for
7057 sections that should be marked as small in the section directive. */
7058 if (targetm.in_small_data_p (decl))
7059 return false;
7060
7061 /* Don't use section anchors for decls that won't fit inside a single
7062 anchor range to reduce the amount of instructions required to refer
7063 to the entire declaration. */
7064 if (DECL_SIZE_UNIT (decl) == NULL_TREE
7065 || !tree_fits_uhwi_p (DECL_SIZE_UNIT (decl))
7066 || (tree_to_uhwi (DECL_SIZE_UNIT (decl))
7067 >= (unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT) targetm.max_anchor_offset))
7068 return false;
7069
7070 }
7071 return true;
7072 }
7073
7074 /* Return true when RESOLUTION indicate that symbol will be bound to the
7075 definition provided by current .o file. */
7076
7077 static bool
7078 resolution_to_local_definition_p (enum ld_plugin_symbol_resolution resolution)
7079 {
7080 return (resolution == LDPR_PREVAILING_DEF
7081 || resolution == LDPR_PREVAILING_DEF_IRONLY_EXP
7082 || resolution == LDPR_PREVAILING_DEF_IRONLY);
7083 }
7084
7085 /* Return true when RESOLUTION indicate that symbol will be bound locally
7086 within current executable or DSO. */
7087
7088 static bool
7089 resolution_local_p (enum ld_plugin_symbol_resolution resolution)
7090 {
7091 return (resolution == LDPR_PREVAILING_DEF
7092 || resolution == LDPR_PREVAILING_DEF_IRONLY
7093 || resolution == LDPR_PREVAILING_DEF_IRONLY_EXP
7094 || resolution == LDPR_PREEMPTED_REG
7095 || resolution == LDPR_PREEMPTED_IR
7096 || resolution == LDPR_RESOLVED_IR
7097 || resolution == LDPR_RESOLVED_EXEC);
7098 }
7099
7100 /* COMMON_LOCAL_P is true means that the linker can guarantee that an
7101 uninitialized common symbol in the executable will still be defined
7102 (through COPY relocation) in the executable. */
7103
7104 bool
7105 default_binds_local_p_3 (const_tree exp, bool shlib, bool weak_dominate,
7106 bool extern_protected_data, bool common_local_p)
7107 {
7108 /* A non-decl is an entry in the constant pool. */
7109 if (!DECL_P (exp))
7110 return true;
7111
7112 /* Weakrefs may not bind locally, even though the weakref itself is always
7113 static and therefore local. Similarly, the resolver for ifunc functions
7114 might resolve to a non-local function.
7115 FIXME: We can resolve the weakref case more curefuly by looking at the
7116 weakref alias. */
7117 if (lookup_attribute ("weakref", DECL_ATTRIBUTES (exp))
7118 || (TREE_CODE (exp) == FUNCTION_DECL
7119 && cgraph_node::get (exp)
7120 && cgraph_node::get (exp)->ifunc_resolver))
7121 return false;
7122
7123 /* Static variables are always local. */
7124 if (! TREE_PUBLIC (exp))
7125 return true;
7126
7127 /* With resolution file in hand, take look into resolutions.
7128 We can't just return true for resolved_locally symbols,
7129 because dynamic linking might overwrite symbols
7130 in shared libraries. */
7131 bool resolved_locally = false;
7132
7133 bool uninited_common = (DECL_COMMON (exp)
7134 && (DECL_INITIAL (exp) == NULL
7135 || (!in_lto_p
7136 && DECL_INITIAL (exp) == error_mark_node)));
7137
7138 /* A non-external variable is defined locally only if it isn't
7139 uninitialized COMMON variable or common_local_p is true. */
7140 bool defined_locally = (!DECL_EXTERNAL (exp)
7141 && (!uninited_common || common_local_p));
7142 if (symtab_node *node = symtab_node::get (exp))
7143 {
7144 if (node->in_other_partition)
7145 defined_locally = true;
7146 if (node->can_be_discarded_p ())
7147 ;
7148 else if (resolution_to_local_definition_p (node->resolution))
7149 defined_locally = resolved_locally = true;
7150 else if (resolution_local_p (node->resolution))
7151 resolved_locally = true;
7152 }
7153 if (defined_locally && weak_dominate && !shlib)
7154 resolved_locally = true;
7155
7156 /* Undefined weak symbols are never defined locally. */
7157 if (DECL_WEAK (exp) && !defined_locally)
7158 return false;
7159
7160 /* A symbol is local if the user has said explicitly that it will be,
7161 or if we have a definition for the symbol. We cannot infer visibility
7162 for undefined symbols. */
7163 if (DECL_VISIBILITY (exp) != VISIBILITY_DEFAULT
7164 && (TREE_CODE (exp) == FUNCTION_DECL
7165 || !extern_protected_data
7166 || DECL_VISIBILITY (exp) != VISIBILITY_PROTECTED)
7167 && (DECL_VISIBILITY_SPECIFIED (exp) || defined_locally))
7168 return true;
7169
7170 /* If PIC, then assume that any global name can be overridden by
7171 symbols resolved from other modules. */
7172 if (shlib)
7173 return false;
7174
7175 /* Variables defined outside this object might not be local. */
7176 if (DECL_EXTERNAL (exp) && !resolved_locally)
7177 return false;
7178
7179 /* Non-dominant weak symbols are not defined locally. */
7180 if (DECL_WEAK (exp) && !resolved_locally)
7181 return false;
7182
7183 /* Uninitialized COMMON variable may be unified with symbols
7184 resolved from other modules. */
7185 if (uninited_common && !resolved_locally)
7186 return false;
7187
7188 /* Otherwise we're left with initialized (or non-common) global data
7189 which is of necessity defined locally. */
7190 return true;
7191 }
7192
7193 /* Assume ELF-ish defaults, since that's pretty much the most liberal
7194 wrt cross-module name binding. */
7195
7196 bool
7197 default_binds_local_p (const_tree exp)
7198 {
7199 return default_binds_local_p_3 (exp, flag_shlib != 0, true, false, false);
7200 }
7201
7202 /* Similar to default_binds_local_p, but common symbol may be local and
7203 extern protected data is non-local. */
7204
7205 bool
7206 default_binds_local_p_2 (const_tree exp)
7207 {
7208 return default_binds_local_p_3 (exp, flag_shlib != 0, true, true,
7209 !flag_pic);
7210 }
7211
7212 bool
7213 default_binds_local_p_1 (const_tree exp, int shlib)
7214 {
7215 return default_binds_local_p_3 (exp, shlib != 0, false, false, false);
7216 }
7217
7218 /* Return true when references to DECL must bind to current definition in
7219 final executable.
7220
7221 The condition is usually equivalent to whether the function binds to the
7222 current module (shared library or executable), that is to binds_local_p.
7223 We use this fact to avoid need for another target hook and implement
7224 the logic using binds_local_p and just special cases where
7225 decl_binds_to_current_def_p is stronger than binds_local_p. In particular
7226 the weak definitions (that can be overwritten at linktime by other
7227 definition from different object file) and when resolution info is available
7228 we simply use the knowledge passed to us by linker plugin. */
7229 bool
7230 decl_binds_to_current_def_p (const_tree decl)
7231 {
7232 gcc_assert (DECL_P (decl));
7233 if (!targetm.binds_local_p (decl))
7234 return false;
7235 if (!TREE_PUBLIC (decl))
7236 return true;
7237
7238 /* When resolution is available, just use it. */
7239 if (symtab_node *node = symtab_node::get (decl))
7240 {
7241 if (node->resolution != LDPR_UNKNOWN
7242 && !node->can_be_discarded_p ())
7243 return resolution_to_local_definition_p (node->resolution);
7244 }
7245
7246 /* Otherwise we have to assume the worst for DECL_WEAK (hidden weaks
7247 binds locally but still can be overwritten), DECL_COMMON (can be merged
7248 with a non-common definition somewhere in the same module) or
7249 DECL_EXTERNAL.
7250 This rely on fact that binds_local_p behave as decl_replaceable_p
7251 for all other declaration types. */
7252 if (DECL_WEAK (decl))
7253 return false;
7254 if (DECL_COMMON (decl)
7255 && (DECL_INITIAL (decl) == NULL
7256 || (!in_lto_p && DECL_INITIAL (decl) == error_mark_node)))
7257 return false;
7258 if (DECL_EXTERNAL (decl))
7259 return false;
7260 return true;
7261 }
7262
7263 /* A replaceable function or variable is one which may be replaced
7264 at link-time with an entirely different definition, provided that the
7265 replacement has the same type. For example, functions declared
7266 with __attribute__((weak)) on most systems are replaceable.
7267
7268 COMDAT functions are not replaceable, since all definitions of the
7269 function must be equivalent. It is important that COMDAT functions
7270 not be treated as replaceable so that use of C++ template
7271 instantiations is not penalized. */
7272
7273 bool
7274 decl_replaceable_p (tree decl)
7275 {
7276 gcc_assert (DECL_P (decl));
7277 if (!TREE_PUBLIC (decl) || DECL_COMDAT (decl))
7278 return false;
7279 if (!flag_semantic_interposition
7280 && !DECL_WEAK (decl))
7281 return false;
7282 return !decl_binds_to_current_def_p (decl);
7283 }
7284
7285 /* Default function to output code that will globalize a label. A
7286 target must define GLOBAL_ASM_OP or provide its own function to
7287 globalize a label. */
7288 #ifdef GLOBAL_ASM_OP
7289 void
7290 default_globalize_label (FILE * stream, const char *name)
7291 {
7292 fputs (GLOBAL_ASM_OP, stream);
7293 assemble_name (stream, name);
7294 putc ('\n', stream);
7295 }
7296 #endif /* GLOBAL_ASM_OP */
7297
7298 /* Default function to output code that will globalize a declaration. */
7299 void
7300 default_globalize_decl_name (FILE * stream, tree decl)
7301 {
7302 const char *name = XSTR (XEXP (DECL_RTL (decl), 0), 0);
7303 targetm.asm_out.globalize_label (stream, name);
7304 }
7305
7306 /* Default function to output a label for unwind information. The
7307 default is to do nothing. A target that needs nonlocal labels for
7308 unwind information must provide its own function to do this. */
7309 void
7310 default_emit_unwind_label (FILE * stream ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
7311 tree decl ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
7312 int for_eh ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
7313 int empty ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
7314 {
7315 }
7316
7317 /* Default function to output a label to divide up the exception table.
7318 The default is to do nothing. A target that needs/wants to divide
7319 up the table must provide it's own function to do this. */
7320 void
7321 default_emit_except_table_label (FILE * stream ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
7322 {
7323 }
7324
7325 /* This is how to output an internal numbered label where PREFIX is
7326 the class of label and LABELNO is the number within the class. */
7327
7328 void
7329 default_generate_internal_label (char *buf, const char *prefix,
7330 unsigned long labelno)
7331 {
7332 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (buf, prefix, labelno);
7333 }
7334
7335 /* This is how to output an internal numbered label where PREFIX is
7336 the class of label and LABELNO is the number within the class. */
7337
7338 void
7339 default_internal_label (FILE *stream, const char *prefix,
7340 unsigned long labelno)
7341 {
7342 char *const buf = (char *) alloca (40 + strlen (prefix));
7343 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (buf, prefix, labelno);
7344 ASM_OUTPUT_INTERNAL_LABEL (stream, buf);
7345 }
7346
7347
7348 /* The default implementation of ASM_DECLARE_CONSTANT_NAME. */
7349
7350 void
7351 default_asm_declare_constant_name (FILE *file, const char *name,
7352 const_tree exp ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
7353 HOST_WIDE_INT size ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
7354 {
7355 assemble_label (file, name);
7356 }
7357
7358 /* This is the default behavior at the beginning of a file. It's
7359 controlled by two other target-hook toggles. */
7360 void
7361 default_file_start (void)
7362 {
7363 if (targetm.asm_file_start_app_off
7364 && !(flag_verbose_asm || flag_debug_asm || flag_dump_rtl_in_asm))
7365 fputs (ASM_APP_OFF, asm_out_file);
7366
7367 if (targetm.asm_file_start_file_directive)
7368 {
7369 /* LTO produced units have no meaningful main_input_filename. */
7370 if (in_lto_p)
7371 output_file_directive (asm_out_file, "<artificial>");
7372 else
7373 output_file_directive (asm_out_file, main_input_filename);
7374 }
7375 }
7376
7377 /* This is a generic routine suitable for use as TARGET_ASM_FILE_END
7378 which emits a special section directive used to indicate whether or
7379 not this object file needs an executable stack. This is primarily
7380 a GNU extension to ELF but could be used on other targets. */
7381
7382 int trampolines_created;
7383
7384 void
7385 file_end_indicate_exec_stack (void)
7386 {
7387 unsigned int flags = SECTION_DEBUG;
7388 if (trampolines_created)
7389 flags |= SECTION_CODE;
7390
7391 switch_to_section (get_section (".note.GNU-stack", flags, NULL));
7392 }
7393
7394 /* Emit a special section directive to indicate that this object file
7395 was compiled with -fsplit-stack. This is used to let the linker
7396 detect calls between split-stack code and non-split-stack code, so
7397 that it can modify the split-stack code to allocate a sufficiently
7398 large stack. We emit another special section if there are any
7399 functions in this file which have the no_split_stack attribute, to
7400 prevent the linker from warning about being unable to convert the
7401 functions if they call non-split-stack code. */
7402
7403 void
7404 file_end_indicate_split_stack (void)
7405 {
7406 if (flag_split_stack)
7407 {
7408 switch_to_section (get_section (".note.GNU-split-stack", SECTION_DEBUG,
7409 NULL));
7410 if (saw_no_split_stack)
7411 switch_to_section (get_section (".note.GNU-no-split-stack",
7412 SECTION_DEBUG, NULL));
7413 }
7414 }
7415
7416 /* Output DIRECTIVE (a C string) followed by a newline. This is used as
7417 a get_unnamed_section callback. */
7418
7419 void
7420 output_section_asm_op (const void *directive)
7421 {
7422 fprintf (asm_out_file, "%s\n", (const char *) directive);
7423 }
7424
7425 /* Emit assembly code to switch to section NEW_SECTION. Do nothing if
7426 the current section is NEW_SECTION. */
7427
7428 void
7429 switch_to_section (section *new_section)
7430 {
7431 if (in_section == new_section)
7432 return;
7433
7434 if (new_section->common.flags & SECTION_FORGET)
7435 in_section = NULL;
7436 else
7437 in_section = new_section;
7438
7439 switch (SECTION_STYLE (new_section))
7440 {
7441 case SECTION_NAMED:
7442 targetm.asm_out.named_section (new_section->named.name,
7443 new_section->named.common.flags,
7444 new_section->named.decl);
7445 break;
7446
7447 case SECTION_UNNAMED:
7448 new_section->unnamed.callback (new_section->unnamed.data);
7449 break;
7450
7451 case SECTION_NOSWITCH:
7452 gcc_unreachable ();
7453 break;
7454 }
7455
7456 new_section->common.flags |= SECTION_DECLARED;
7457 }
7458
7459 /* If block symbol SYMBOL has not yet been assigned an offset, place
7460 it at the end of its block. */
7461
7462 void
7463 place_block_symbol (rtx symbol)
7464 {
7465 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT size, mask, offset;
7466 class constant_descriptor_rtx *desc;
7467 unsigned int alignment;
7468 struct object_block *block;
7469 tree decl;
7470
7471 gcc_assert (SYMBOL_REF_BLOCK (symbol));
7472 if (SYMBOL_REF_BLOCK_OFFSET (symbol) >= 0)
7473 return;
7474
7475 /* Work out the symbol's size and alignment. */
7476 if (CONSTANT_POOL_ADDRESS_P (symbol))
7477 {
7478 desc = SYMBOL_REF_CONSTANT (symbol);
7479 alignment = desc->align;
7480 size = GET_MODE_SIZE (desc->mode);
7481 }
7482 else if (TREE_CONSTANT_POOL_ADDRESS_P (symbol))
7483 {
7484 decl = SYMBOL_REF_DECL (symbol);
7485 gcc_checking_assert (DECL_IN_CONSTANT_POOL (decl));
7486 alignment = DECL_ALIGN (decl);
7487 size = get_constant_size (DECL_INITIAL (decl));
7488 if ((flag_sanitize & SANITIZE_ADDRESS)
7489 && TREE_CODE (DECL_INITIAL (decl)) == STRING_CST
7490 && asan_protect_global (DECL_INITIAL (decl)))
7491 {
7492 size += asan_red_zone_size (size);
7493 alignment = MAX (alignment,
7494 ASAN_RED_ZONE_SIZE * BITS_PER_UNIT);
7495 }
7496 }
7497 else
7498 {
7499 struct symtab_node *snode;
7500 decl = SYMBOL_REF_DECL (symbol);
7501
7502 snode = symtab_node::get (decl);
7503 if (snode->alias)
7504 {
7505 rtx target = DECL_RTL (snode->ultimate_alias_target ()->decl);
7506
7507 gcc_assert (MEM_P (target)
7508 && GET_CODE (XEXP (target, 0)) == SYMBOL_REF
7509 && SYMBOL_REF_HAS_BLOCK_INFO_P (XEXP (target, 0)));
7510 target = XEXP (target, 0);
7511 place_block_symbol (target);
7512 SYMBOL_REF_BLOCK_OFFSET (symbol) = SYMBOL_REF_BLOCK_OFFSET (target);
7513 return;
7514 }
7515 alignment = get_variable_align (decl);
7516 size = tree_to_uhwi (DECL_SIZE_UNIT (decl));
7517 if ((flag_sanitize & SANITIZE_ADDRESS)
7518 && asan_protect_global (decl))
7519 {
7520 size += asan_red_zone_size (size);
7521 alignment = MAX (alignment,
7522 ASAN_RED_ZONE_SIZE * BITS_PER_UNIT);
7523 }
7524 }
7525
7526 /* Calculate the object's offset from the start of the block. */
7527 block = SYMBOL_REF_BLOCK (symbol);
7528 mask = alignment / BITS_PER_UNIT - 1;
7529 offset = (block->size + mask) & ~mask;
7530 SYMBOL_REF_BLOCK_OFFSET (symbol) = offset;
7531
7532 /* Record the block's new alignment and size. */
7533 block->alignment = MAX (block->alignment, alignment);
7534 block->size = offset + size;
7535
7536 vec_safe_push (block->objects, symbol);
7537 }
7538
7539 /* Return the anchor that should be used to address byte offset OFFSET
7540 from the first object in BLOCK. MODEL is the TLS model used
7541 to access it. */
7542
7543 rtx
7544 get_section_anchor (struct object_block *block, HOST_WIDE_INT offset,
7545 enum tls_model model)
7546 {
7547 char label[100];
7548 unsigned int begin, middle, end;
7549 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT min_offset, max_offset, range, bias, delta;
7550 rtx anchor;
7551
7552 /* Work out the anchor's offset. Use an offset of 0 for the first
7553 anchor so that we don't pessimize the case where we take the address
7554 of a variable at the beginning of the block. This is particularly
7555 useful when a block has only one variable assigned to it.
7556
7557 We try to place anchors RANGE bytes apart, so there can then be
7558 anchors at +/-RANGE, +/-2 * RANGE, and so on, up to the limits of
7559 a ptr_mode offset. With some target settings, the lowest such
7560 anchor might be out of range for the lowest ptr_mode offset;
7561 likewise the highest anchor for the highest offset. Use anchors
7562 at the extreme ends of the ptr_mode range in such cases.
7563
7564 All arithmetic uses unsigned integers in order to avoid
7565 signed overflow. */
7566 max_offset = (unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT) targetm.max_anchor_offset;
7567 min_offset = (unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT) targetm.min_anchor_offset;
7568 range = max_offset - min_offset + 1;
7569 if (range == 0)
7570 offset = 0;
7571 else
7572 {
7573 bias = HOST_WIDE_INT_1U << (GET_MODE_BITSIZE (ptr_mode) - 1);
7574 if (offset < 0)
7575 {
7576 delta = -(unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT) offset + max_offset;
7577 delta -= delta % range;
7578 if (delta > bias)
7579 delta = bias;
7580 offset = (HOST_WIDE_INT) (-delta);
7581 }
7582 else
7583 {
7584 delta = (unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT) offset - min_offset;
7585 delta -= delta % range;
7586 if (delta > bias - 1)
7587 delta = bias - 1;
7588 offset = (HOST_WIDE_INT) delta;
7589 }
7590 }
7591
7592 /* Do a binary search to see if there's already an anchor we can use.
7593 Set BEGIN to the new anchor's index if not. */
7594 begin = 0;
7595 end = vec_safe_length (block->anchors);
7596 while (begin != end)
7597 {
7598 middle = (end + begin) / 2;
7599 anchor = (*block->anchors)[middle];
7600 if (SYMBOL_REF_BLOCK_OFFSET (anchor) > offset)
7601 end = middle;
7602 else if (SYMBOL_REF_BLOCK_OFFSET (anchor) < offset)
7603 begin = middle + 1;
7604 else if (SYMBOL_REF_TLS_MODEL (anchor) > model)
7605 end = middle;
7606 else if (SYMBOL_REF_TLS_MODEL (anchor) < model)
7607 begin = middle + 1;
7608 else
7609 return anchor;
7610 }
7611
7612 /* Create a new anchor with a unique label. */
7613 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (label, "LANCHOR", anchor_labelno++);
7614 anchor = create_block_symbol (ggc_strdup (label), block, offset);
7615 SYMBOL_REF_FLAGS (anchor) |= SYMBOL_FLAG_LOCAL | SYMBOL_FLAG_ANCHOR;
7616 SYMBOL_REF_FLAGS (anchor) |= model << SYMBOL_FLAG_TLS_SHIFT;
7617
7618 /* Insert it at index BEGIN. */
7619 vec_safe_insert (block->anchors, begin, anchor);
7620 return anchor;
7621 }
7622
7623 /* Output the objects in BLOCK. */
7624
7625 static void
7626 output_object_block (struct object_block *block)
7627 {
7628 class constant_descriptor_rtx *desc;
7629 unsigned int i;
7630 HOST_WIDE_INT offset;
7631 tree decl;
7632 rtx symbol;
7633
7634 if (!block->objects)
7635 return;
7636
7637 /* Switch to the section and make sure that the first byte is
7638 suitably aligned. */
7639 /* Special case VTV comdat sections similar to assemble_variable. */
7640 if (SECTION_STYLE (block->sect) == SECTION_NAMED
7641 && block->sect->named.name
7642 && (strcmp (block->sect->named.name, ".vtable_map_vars") == 0))
7643 handle_vtv_comdat_section (block->sect, block->sect->named.decl);
7644 else
7645 switch_to_section (block->sect);
7646
7647 gcc_checking_assert (!(block->sect->common.flags & SECTION_MERGE));
7648 assemble_align (block->alignment);
7649
7650 /* Define the values of all anchors relative to the current section
7651 position. */
7652 FOR_EACH_VEC_SAFE_ELT (block->anchors, i, symbol)
7653 targetm.asm_out.output_anchor (symbol);
7654
7655 /* Output the objects themselves. */
7656 offset = 0;
7657 FOR_EACH_VEC_ELT (*block->objects, i, symbol)
7658 {
7659 /* Move to the object's offset, padding with zeros if necessary. */
7660 assemble_zeros (SYMBOL_REF_BLOCK_OFFSET (symbol) - offset);
7661 offset = SYMBOL_REF_BLOCK_OFFSET (symbol);
7662 if (CONSTANT_POOL_ADDRESS_P (symbol))
7663 {
7664 desc = SYMBOL_REF_CONSTANT (symbol);
7665 /* Pass 1 for align as we have already laid out everything in the block.
7666 So aligning shouldn't be necessary. */
7667 output_constant_pool_1 (desc, 1);
7668 offset += GET_MODE_SIZE (desc->mode);
7669 }
7670 else if (TREE_CONSTANT_POOL_ADDRESS_P (symbol))
7671 {
7672 HOST_WIDE_INT size;
7673 decl = SYMBOL_REF_DECL (symbol);
7674 assemble_constant_contents (DECL_INITIAL (decl), XSTR (symbol, 0),
7675 DECL_ALIGN (decl), false);
7676
7677 size = get_constant_size (DECL_INITIAL (decl));
7678 offset += size;
7679 if ((flag_sanitize & SANITIZE_ADDRESS)
7680 && TREE_CODE (DECL_INITIAL (decl)) == STRING_CST
7681 && asan_protect_global (DECL_INITIAL (decl)))
7682 {
7683 size = asan_red_zone_size (size);
7684 assemble_zeros (size);
7685 offset += size;
7686 }
7687 }
7688 else
7689 {
7690 HOST_WIDE_INT size;
7691 decl = SYMBOL_REF_DECL (symbol);
7692 assemble_variable_contents (decl, XSTR (symbol, 0), false, false);
7693 size = tree_to_uhwi (DECL_SIZE_UNIT (decl));
7694 offset += size;
7695 if ((flag_sanitize & SANITIZE_ADDRESS)
7696 && asan_protect_global (decl))
7697 {
7698 size = asan_red_zone_size (size);
7699 assemble_zeros (size);
7700 offset += size;
7701 }
7702 }
7703 }
7704 }
7705
7706 /* A callback for qsort to compare object_blocks. */
7707
7708 static int
7709 output_object_block_compare (const void *x, const void *y)
7710 {
7711 object_block *p1 = *(object_block * const*)x;
7712 object_block *p2 = *(object_block * const*)y;
7713
7714 if (p1->sect->common.flags & SECTION_NAMED
7715 && !(p2->sect->common.flags & SECTION_NAMED))
7716 return 1;
7717
7718 if (!(p1->sect->common.flags & SECTION_NAMED)
7719 && p2->sect->common.flags & SECTION_NAMED)
7720 return -1;
7721
7722 if (p1->sect->common.flags & SECTION_NAMED
7723 && p2->sect->common.flags & SECTION_NAMED)
7724 return strcmp (p1->sect->named.name, p2->sect->named.name);
7725
7726 unsigned f1 = p1->sect->common.flags;
7727 unsigned f2 = p2->sect->common.flags;
7728 if (f1 == f2)
7729 return 0;
7730 return f1 < f2 ? -1 : 1;
7731 }
7732
7733 /* Output the definitions of all object_blocks. */
7734
7735 void
7736 output_object_blocks (void)
7737 {
7738 vec<object_block *, va_heap> v;
7739 v.create (object_block_htab->elements ());
7740 object_block *obj;
7741 hash_table<object_block_hasher>::iterator hi;
7742
7743 FOR_EACH_HASH_TABLE_ELEMENT (*object_block_htab, obj, object_block *, hi)
7744 v.quick_push (obj);
7745
7746 /* Sort them in order to output them in a deterministic manner,
7747 otherwise we may get .rodata sections in different orders with
7748 and without -g. */
7749 v.qsort (output_object_block_compare);
7750 unsigned i;
7751 FOR_EACH_VEC_ELT (v, i, obj)
7752 output_object_block (obj);
7753
7754 v.release ();
7755 }
7756
7757 /* This function provides a possible implementation of the
7758 TARGET_ASM_RECORD_GCC_SWITCHES target hook for ELF targets. When triggered
7759 by -frecord-gcc-switches it creates a new mergeable, string section in the
7760 assembler output file called TARGET_ASM_RECORD_GCC_SWITCHES_SECTION which
7761 contains the switches in ASCII format.
7762
7763 FIXME: This code does not correctly handle double quote characters
7764 that appear inside strings, (it strips them rather than preserving them).
7765 FIXME: ASM_OUTPUT_ASCII, as defined in config/elfos.h will not emit NUL
7766 characters - instead it treats them as sub-string separators. Since
7767 we want to emit NUL strings terminators into the object file we have to use
7768 ASM_OUTPUT_SKIP. */
7769
7770 int
7771 elf_record_gcc_switches (print_switch_type type, const char * name)
7772 {
7773 switch (type)
7774 {
7775 case SWITCH_TYPE_PASSED:
7776 ASM_OUTPUT_ASCII (asm_out_file, name, strlen (name));
7777 ASM_OUTPUT_SKIP (asm_out_file, HOST_WIDE_INT_1U);
7778 break;
7779
7780 case SWITCH_TYPE_DESCRIPTIVE:
7781 if (name == NULL)
7782 {
7783 /* Distinguish between invocations where name is NULL. */
7784 static bool started = false;
7785
7786 if (!started)
7787 {
7788 section * sec;
7789
7790 sec = get_section (targetm.asm_out.record_gcc_switches_section,
7791 SECTION_DEBUG
7792 | SECTION_MERGE
7793 | SECTION_STRINGS
7794 | (SECTION_ENTSIZE & 1),
7795 NULL);
7796 switch_to_section (sec);
7797 started = true;
7798 }
7799 }
7800
7801 default:
7802 break;
7803 }
7804
7805 /* The return value is currently ignored by the caller, but must be 0.
7806 For -fverbose-asm the return value would be the number of characters
7807 emitted into the assembler file. */
7808 return 0;
7809 }
7810
7811 /* Emit text to declare externally defined symbols. It is needed to
7812 properly support non-default visibility. */
7813 void
7814 default_elf_asm_output_external (FILE *file ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
7815 tree decl,
7816 const char *name ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
7817 {
7818 /* We output the name if and only if TREE_SYMBOL_REFERENCED is
7819 set in order to avoid putting out names that are never really
7820 used. Always output visibility specified in the source. */
7821 if (TREE_SYMBOL_REFERENCED (DECL_ASSEMBLER_NAME (decl))
7822 && (DECL_VISIBILITY_SPECIFIED (decl)
7823 || targetm.binds_local_p (decl)))
7824 maybe_assemble_visibility (decl);
7825 }
7826
7827 /* The default hook for TARGET_ASM_OUTPUT_SOURCE_FILENAME. */
7828
7829 void
7830 default_asm_output_source_filename (FILE *file, const char *name)
7831 {
7832 #ifdef ASM_OUTPUT_SOURCE_FILENAME
7833 ASM_OUTPUT_SOURCE_FILENAME (file, name);
7834 #else
7835 fprintf (file, "\t.file\t");
7836 output_quoted_string (file, name);
7837 putc ('\n', file);
7838 #endif
7839 }
7840
7841 /* Output a file name in the form wanted by System V. */
7842
7843 void
7844 output_file_directive (FILE *asm_file, const char *input_name)
7845 {
7846 int len;
7847 const char *na;
7848
7849 if (input_name == NULL)
7850 input_name = "<stdin>";
7851 else
7852 input_name = remap_debug_filename (input_name);
7853
7854 len = strlen (input_name);
7855 na = input_name + len;
7856
7857 /* NA gets INPUT_NAME sans directory names. */
7858 while (na > input_name)
7859 {
7860 if (IS_DIR_SEPARATOR (na[-1]))
7861 break;
7862 na--;
7863 }
7864
7865 targetm.asm_out.output_source_filename (asm_file, na);
7866 }
7867
7868 /* Create a DEBUG_EXPR_DECL / DEBUG_EXPR pair from RTL expression
7869 EXP. */
7870 rtx
7871 make_debug_expr_from_rtl (const_rtx exp)
7872 {
7873 tree ddecl = make_node (DEBUG_EXPR_DECL), type;
7874 machine_mode mode = GET_MODE (exp);
7875 rtx dval;
7876
7877 DECL_ARTIFICIAL (ddecl) = 1;
7878 if (REG_P (exp) && REG_EXPR (exp))
7879 type = TREE_TYPE (REG_EXPR (exp));
7880 else if (MEM_P (exp) && MEM_EXPR (exp))
7881 type = TREE_TYPE (MEM_EXPR (exp));
7882 else
7883 type = NULL_TREE;
7884 if (type && TYPE_MODE (type) == mode)
7885 TREE_TYPE (ddecl) = type;
7886 else
7887 TREE_TYPE (ddecl) = lang_hooks.types.type_for_mode (mode, 1);
7888 SET_DECL_MODE (ddecl, mode);
7889 dval = gen_rtx_DEBUG_EXPR (mode);
7890 DEBUG_EXPR_TREE_DECL (dval) = ddecl;
7891 SET_DECL_RTL (ddecl, dval);
7892 return dval;
7893 }
7894
7895 #ifdef ELF_ASCII_ESCAPES
7896 /* Default ASM_OUTPUT_LIMITED_STRING for ELF targets. */
7897
7898 void
7899 default_elf_asm_output_limited_string (FILE *f, const char *s)
7900 {
7901 int escape;
7902 unsigned char c;
7903
7904 fputs (STRING_ASM_OP, f);
7905 putc ('"', f);
7906 while (*s != '\0')
7907 {
7908 c = *s;
7909 escape = ELF_ASCII_ESCAPES[c];
7910 switch (escape)
7911 {
7912 case 0:
7913 putc (c, f);
7914 break;
7915 case 1:
7916 putc ('\\', f);
7917 putc ('0'+((c>>6)&7), f);
7918 putc ('0'+((c>>3)&7), f);
7919 putc ('0'+(c&7), f);
7920 break;
7921 default:
7922 putc ('\\', f);
7923 putc (escape, f);
7924 break;
7925 }
7926 s++;
7927 }
7928 putc ('\"', f);
7929 putc ('\n', f);
7930 }
7931
7932 /* Default ASM_OUTPUT_ASCII for ELF targets. */
7933
7934 void
7935 default_elf_asm_output_ascii (FILE *f, const char *s, unsigned int len)
7936 {
7937 const char *limit = s + len;
7938 const char *last_null = NULL;
7939 unsigned bytes_in_chunk = 0;
7940 unsigned char c;
7941 int escape;
7942
7943 for (; s < limit; s++)
7944 {
7945 const char *p;
7946
7947 if (bytes_in_chunk >= 60)
7948 {
7949 putc ('\"', f);
7950 putc ('\n', f);
7951 bytes_in_chunk = 0;
7952 }
7953
7954 if (s > last_null)
7955 {
7956 for (p = s; p < limit && *p != '\0'; p++)
7957 continue;
7958 last_null = p;
7959 }
7960 else
7961 p = last_null;
7962
7963 if (p < limit && (p - s) <= (long) ELF_STRING_LIMIT)
7964 {
7965 if (bytes_in_chunk > 0)
7966 {
7967 putc ('\"', f);
7968 putc ('\n', f);
7969 bytes_in_chunk = 0;
7970 }
7971
7972 default_elf_asm_output_limited_string (f, s);
7973 s = p;
7974 }
7975 else
7976 {
7977 if (bytes_in_chunk == 0)
7978 fputs (ASCII_DATA_ASM_OP "\"", f);
7979
7980 c = *s;
7981 escape = ELF_ASCII_ESCAPES[c];
7982 switch (escape)
7983 {
7984 case 0:
7985 putc (c, f);
7986 bytes_in_chunk++;
7987 break;
7988 case 1:
7989 putc ('\\', f);
7990 putc ('0'+((c>>6)&7), f);
7991 putc ('0'+((c>>3)&7), f);
7992 putc ('0'+(c&7), f);
7993 bytes_in_chunk += 4;
7994 break;
7995 default:
7996 putc ('\\', f);
7997 putc (escape, f);
7998 bytes_in_chunk += 2;
7999 break;
8000 }
8001
8002 }
8003 }
8004
8005 if (bytes_in_chunk > 0)
8006 {
8007 putc ('\"', f);
8008 putc ('\n', f);
8009 }
8010 }
8011 #endif
8012
8013 static GTY(()) section *elf_init_array_section;
8014 static GTY(()) section *elf_fini_array_section;
8015
8016 static section *
8017 get_elf_initfini_array_priority_section (int priority,
8018 bool constructor_p)
8019 {
8020 section *sec;
8021 if (priority != DEFAULT_INIT_PRIORITY)
8022 {
8023 char buf[18];
8024 sprintf (buf, "%s.%.5u",
8025 constructor_p ? ".init_array" : ".fini_array",
8026 priority);
8027 sec = get_section (buf, SECTION_WRITE | SECTION_NOTYPE, NULL_TREE);
8028 }
8029 else
8030 {
8031 if (constructor_p)
8032 {
8033 if (elf_init_array_section == NULL)
8034 elf_init_array_section
8035 = get_section (".init_array",
8036 SECTION_WRITE | SECTION_NOTYPE, NULL_TREE);
8037 sec = elf_init_array_section;
8038 }
8039 else
8040 {
8041 if (elf_fini_array_section == NULL)
8042 elf_fini_array_section
8043 = get_section (".fini_array",
8044 SECTION_WRITE | SECTION_NOTYPE, NULL_TREE);
8045 sec = elf_fini_array_section;
8046 }
8047 }
8048 return sec;
8049 }
8050
8051 /* Use .init_array section for constructors. */
8052
8053 void
8054 default_elf_init_array_asm_out_constructor (rtx symbol, int priority)
8055 {
8056 section *sec = get_elf_initfini_array_priority_section (priority,
8057 true);
8058 assemble_addr_to_section (symbol, sec);
8059 }
8060
8061 /* Use .fini_array section for destructors. */
8062
8063 void
8064 default_elf_fini_array_asm_out_destructor (rtx symbol, int priority)
8065 {
8066 section *sec = get_elf_initfini_array_priority_section (priority,
8067 false);
8068 assemble_addr_to_section (symbol, sec);
8069 }
8070
8071 /* Default TARGET_ASM_OUTPUT_IDENT hook.
8072
8073 This is a bit of a cheat. The real default is a no-op, but this
8074 hook is the default for all targets with a .ident directive. */
8075
8076 void
8077 default_asm_output_ident_directive (const char *ident_str)
8078 {
8079 const char *ident_asm_op = "\t.ident\t";
8080
8081 /* If we are still in the front end, do not write out the string
8082 to asm_out_file. Instead, add a fake top-level asm statement.
8083 This allows the front ends to use this hook without actually
8084 writing to asm_out_file, to handle #ident or Pragma Ident. */
8085 if (symtab->state == PARSING)
8086 {
8087 char *buf = ACONCAT ((ident_asm_op, "\"", ident_str, "\"\n", NULL));
8088 symtab->finalize_toplevel_asm (build_string (strlen (buf), buf));
8089 }
8090 else
8091 fprintf (asm_out_file, "%s\"%s\"\n", ident_asm_op, ident_str);
8092 }
8093
8094
8095 /* This function ensures that vtable_map variables are not only
8096 in the comdat section, but that each variable has its own unique
8097 comdat name. Without this the variables end up in the same section
8098 with a single comdat name.
8099
8100 FIXME: resolve_unique_section needs to deal better with
8101 decls with both DECL_SECTION_NAME and DECL_ONE_ONLY. Once
8102 that is fixed, this if-else statement can be replaced with
8103 a single call to "switch_to_section (sect)". */
8104
8105 static void
8106 handle_vtv_comdat_section (section *sect, const_tree decl ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
8107 {
8108 #if defined (OBJECT_FORMAT_ELF)
8109 targetm.asm_out.named_section (sect->named.name,
8110 sect->named.common.flags
8111 | SECTION_LINKONCE,
8112 DECL_NAME (decl));
8113 in_section = sect;
8114 #else
8115 /* Neither OBJECT_FORMAT_PE, nor OBJECT_FORMAT_COFF is set here.
8116 Therefore the following check is used.
8117 In case a the target is PE or COFF a comdat group section
8118 is created, e.g. .vtable_map_vars$foo. The linker places
8119 everything in .vtable_map_vars at the end.
8120
8121 A fix could be made in
8122 gcc/config/i386/winnt.c: i386_pe_unique_section. */
8123 if (TARGET_PECOFF)
8124 {
8125 char *name;
8126
8127 if (TREE_CODE (DECL_NAME (decl)) == IDENTIFIER_NODE)
8128 name = ACONCAT ((sect->named.name, "$",
8129 IDENTIFIER_POINTER (DECL_NAME (decl)), NULL));
8130 else
8131 name = ACONCAT ((sect->named.name, "$",
8132 IDENTIFIER_POINTER (DECL_COMDAT_GROUP (DECL_NAME (decl))),
8133 NULL));
8134
8135 targetm.asm_out.named_section (name,
8136 sect->named.common.flags
8137 | SECTION_LINKONCE,
8138 DECL_NAME (decl));
8139 in_section = sect;
8140 }
8141 else
8142 switch_to_section (sect);
8143 #endif
8144 }
8145
8146 #include "gt-varasm.h"